Delta Wire Rope Catalog

Table of Contents
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

WIRE ROPE, SLINGS, & RIGGING HARDWARE Truck and SUV Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-114
Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains . . .115
Wire Rope General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11 Rigging Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-161
General Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Forged Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-117
Wire Rope ID and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5 Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Handling and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7 Spelter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-120
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . .8-11 Open Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23 Closed Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Important Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 Round Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 20-23 Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19 Alloy Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29 Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-127
Important Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29 COLD TUFF Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-61 Wide Body Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-39, 42-61 Alloy Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132-133
Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41 COLD TUFF Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-71 Pear Shaped Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-136
Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65 Forged Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138-139
Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67 Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 SHUR-LOC Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71 Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks . . . . . .142-143
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-87 Pipe Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Web Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-73 UNC Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-83, 85-87 Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-147
How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Forged Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-93 Forged Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Round Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-89 Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-156
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-93 Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-161
Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95
Utility Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-100
Ultrex Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Maxibraid Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Double Esterlon Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Maxibraid Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Ultrex Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-107
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101,104-105
Load Restraints – Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-103
Load Restraints – Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . .106
Load Restraints – Flatbed Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
General Cautions and War nings
All products supplied and manufactured by Delta Rigging The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency
and Tools are sold with the express understanding that the Rating of each Delta Rigging and Tools-supplied product
purchaser is thoroughly familiar with the safe and proper may be affected by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion,
use and application of the product. deformation, intentional alteration, and other use
conditions. Regular inspection must be conducted to
Responsibility for the use and application of the products determine whether use can be continued at the catalog
rests with the user. assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or whether the product must
be withdrawn from service.
Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication,
abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure could Delta Rigging and Tools products generally are intended for
allow the load to become out of control, resulting in tension or pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts
possible property damage, personal injury or death. additional force or loading which the product is not
GENERAL INFORMATION
designed to accommodate.
There are numerous government and industry standards
that cover products sold by Delta Rigging and Tools. This Welding Delta Rigging and Tools-supplied load support
catalog makes no attempt to reference all of them. We do parts or products can be hazardous. Knowledge of
reference the standards that are most frequently asked materials, heat treatment, and welding procedures are
about. necessary for proper welding. Delta Rigging and Tools
should be consulted for information.
Ratings shown in Delta Rigging and Tools literature are
applicable only to new or “in as new” condition products. The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of Delta Rigging and
Tools-supplied products for the reeving, of wire, manila, or
Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a synthetic ropes is based upon design; the catalog ultimate
product can carry under usual environmental conditions. strength for the rope parts, when totaled, may exceed the
Shock loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken assigned Ultimate Load Rating.
into account when selecting products for use in a system.
The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed the
In general, the products displayed in Delta Rigging and lowest Working Load Limit of the components in the
Tools literature are used as parts of a system being system.
employed to accomplish a task. Therefore, we can only
recommend within the Working Load Limits, or other stated
limitations, the use of products for this purpose.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that Delta Rigging and Tools' warranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely to
Delta Rigging and Tools' choice of repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price of any product or part thereof determined by Delta Rigging and
Tools to be defective within the first 12 months following the transfer to title of the product from Delta Rigging and Tools to the purchaser. Purchaser and
Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period, the purchased product carries no warranty
whatsoever. Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that the remedies provided in this section are the purchaser’s exclusive remedies in
connection with the purchase or use of the product. Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that in no event shall Delta Rigging and Tools
be liable for any incidental or consequential damages in connection with the purchase or use of the product.
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY
DISCLAIMED. PURCHASER HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM
COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
ADDITIONALLY, DELTA RIGGING AND TOOLS HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WARRANTY,
CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE.
Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools is complete. All prior or contemporaneous discussions,
representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements between parties are superseded by this
Warranty.
2
Wire Rope Identification and Construction
Wire ropes are identified by a nomenclature that is referenced to: 1) the number of strands in the rope, 2) the number
(nominal or exact) and arrangement of wires in each strand, and 3) a descriptive word or letter indicating the type of
construction, i.e., the geometric arrangement of wires.
7 WIRE 19 WARRINGTON 19 SEALE 25 FILLER WIRE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Figure 1. Four Basic Strand Patterns
31 WARRINGTON 46 SEALE 43 FILLER 49 SEALE

FILLER WIRE WIRE SEALE WARRINGTON SEALE
Figure 2. Combination Strand Patterns
SELECTING THE PROPER TYPE OF WIRE ROPE CENTER

There are three general types of wire rope centers.
(1) STRAND CENTER (3) INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE
The strand center is usually confined to use in stationary CENTER (IWRC)
ropes such as guys, suspension bridge cables, and in An independent wire rope center is usually specified to
ropes of small diameter such as aircraft cable. It is also provide for one or more of three particular requirements,
occasionally specified on installations where severe as follows:
crushing may be experienced. (a) Increased strength
(b) Greater resistance to crushing
(2) FIBER CENTER (c) Resistance to excessive heat
This center is made of either pre-lubricated Java sisal
fibers or plastic fibers, usually polypropylene. These An “IWRC” increases the strength by 7% and weight of
fibers are made into an extremely hard-laid rope which a wire rope by 10%, and decreases the flexibility
will stand up under the high pressures of rope service. slightly. It greatly increases the resistance of the wire
These centers are used only when normal operating rope to crushing and is especially recommended on
loads do not rupture the fibers. The polypropylene center installations where severe loads are placed on ropes
is generally recommended when operating conditions running over sheaves or wound on drums. Unless
other than crushing destroy the sisal. One example required for one or more of the above properties, the
would be the presence of acid. use of an “IWRC” should be avoided.
3
WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS

Cross sections of some commonly used wire rope constructions.
GENERAL INFORMATION
6 x 7 FIBER CORE 6 x 19 SEALE 6 x 21 FILLER WIRE 6 x 25 FILLER WIRE 6 x 25 FILLER WIRE

IWRC WITH FIBER CORE WITH FIBER CORE IWRC
6 x 26 WARRINGTON 6 x 19 STAINLESS STEEL 7 x 7 AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 7 x 19 CABLE LAID

SEALE IWRC
6 x 31 WARRINGTON 6 x 36 SEALE FILLER 6 x 36 WARRINGTON 6 x 31 FILLER WIRE 6 x 36 SEALE

SEALE IWRC WIRE IWRC SEALE FIBER CORE SEALE IWRC IWRC
6 x 41 WARRINGTON 19 x 7 NON- 8 x 25 ROTATION- 35 x 7 ROTATION- 19 x 19 ROTATION-

SEALE IWRC ROTATING RESISTANT RESISTANT RESISTANT
4
Wire Rope Technical Board
CONSTRUCTION OF TYPICAL ROPE LAYS

Five different lays of rope to choose from.
(1) Right Regular Lay
GENERAL INFORMATION
(2) Left Regular Lay
(3) Right Lang Lay
(4) Left Lang Lay
(5) Right Alternate Lay
Wire rope is identified not only by its component parts, but also by its construction, i.e., by the way the wires have been
laid to form strands, and by the way the strands have been laid around the core.
A regular lay rope is one in which the direction of lay of the wires of the individual strands is opposite to that of the
strands in the rope resulting in the individual wires running parallel to the longitudinal axis of the rope.
A lang lay rope is one in which the direction of the wires of the individual strand is the same as that of the strands in the
rope resulting in the individual wires running diagonally across the longitudinal axis of the rope.
In an alternate right and left lay rope, the strands are alternately regular lay and lang lay. This construction is seldom
used, its principal application being on button conveyors.
Lang lay ropes are advantageous over regular lay ropes in that they provide a greater wearing surface, result in less
wear on sheave equipment and provide a greater bending fatigue resistance, however, they are not nearly as stable as
regular lay ropes from a standpoint of resisting crushing and “bird-caging,” therefore they are limited in their applications
and should be used only where recommended by a qualified wire rope engineer.
5
Handling and Installation
RECEIVING, INSPECTION AND STORAGE

For all wire rope, the best time to begin taking appropriate care and handling measures is immediately upon receiving it.
On arrival, the rope should be carefully checked to make certain that the delivered product matches the description on
tags, requisition forms, packing slips, purchase orders, and invoice.
MEASURING WIRE
DIAMETER
The true diameter of a wire rope is the
diameter of a circle enclosing it. For
this reason, measurements to
determine the size of the rope should
GENERAL INFORMATION
be taken across the longest diameter. RIGHT WAY WRONG WAY

The illustrations show the right and Figure 3. Checking the Diameter
wrong way of measuring the rope.
WINDING ON A DRUM
Wire rope, when winding on the drum,
will rotate in the direction of its helix
angle – that is, when standing behind
the drum looking toward the direction
of rope travel, a right lay rope will CORRECT INCORRECT
rotate counter clockwise and a left lay
Figure 4. The correct and the wrong way to wind wire rope from reel to drum.
rope clockwise. Therefore when
winding one layer only on a flat faced
drum, the correct lay rope to use (as
illustrated below) will wind smoothly. Figure 5. By holding the right or left
hand with index finger extended, palm
up or palm down, the proper
It is not necessary to investigate this procedure for applying left- and right-
condition on grooved drums where the lay rope on a smooth drum can be
rope has a definite track to follow. It is easily determined.
customary to use right lay ropes in the
majority of cases and therefore left lay
ropes should be used only where it is
not economical to wind in the direction
for right lay ropes as illustrated.
OVERWIND OVERWIND UNDERWIND UNDERWIND

Wind Right to Left Wind Left to Right Wind Left to Right Wind Right to Left
USE LEFT LAY ROPE USE RIGHT LAY ROPE
OVERWIND
UNDERWIND
6
Handling and Installation
CALCULATING DRUM CAPACITY Clearance

The capacity of a drum for wire rope in feet uniformly
wound is calculated by the following formula: Figure 6. Clearance
= Minimum
clearances should
L = (A + B) x A x C x K be about 1 inch for
ropes 1/2 inch and
smaller and about
L = Length of rope in feet twice the diameter
A = Depth of flange in inches minus clearance of the rope for ropes
B = Diameter of drum in inches 9/16 inch diameter
and larger.
C = Width of drum in inches
GENERAL INFORMATION
C O N S TA N T = K
ROPE DIAMETER (IN.) CONSTANT ROPE DIAMETER (IN.) CONSTANT
1/4 4.52 1-1/8 .220
3/8 2.01 1-1/4 .170
7/16 1.47 1-3/8 .142
1/2 1.13 1-1/2 .115
9/16 .894 1-5/8 .105
5/8 .725 1-3/4 .090
3/4 .503 1-7/8 .080
7/8 .355 2 .070
1-1/2 .280 2-1/8 .060
FLEET ANGLES
Defining fleet angles on installations where the
rope passes over a sheave onto the drum.
To prevent a poor winding condition of wire rope on

the drums of any equipment and excessive wear of
rope on the flanges of a fixed position or head sheave
leading to the drum, the maximum angle between the
center line of the sheave and the rope when at either
side of the drum should not be greater than 1-1/2º for
smooth faced drums and 3º for grooved drums. This
angle is known as the fleet angle.
A fleet angle of 1-1/2º is equivalent to a lead of 40

feet per foot of fleet across the drum, measured from
the center line of the sheave or a lead of 20 feet per
foot of fleet across the drum for a fleet angle of 3º.
Smaller fleet angles may result in the rope piling up

on the drum. Larger fleet angles may cause excessive
wear from rubbing against the flanges of the sheave
as well as excessive crushing and abrasion of the rope
on the drum. Figure 7. Wherever practicable, the head
sheave should be placed so that its center
line bisects the portion of the drum which
the rope traverses.
7
Installation, Operation and Maintenance
PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

Including groove diameters and relative merits of various materials for sheaves and drums.
In all applications of wire rope wherein the use of For all elevator ropes, the tolerances shall be +1/64
sheaves and drums are involved, the design of these minimum to +1/32 maximum.
sheaves and drums with respect to dimensions and
materials has considerable bearing on the service life The use of sheave groovers smaller than, or in excess
received from the wire rope operating on this of, the above tolerances may result in materially
equipment. The actual service received may be reduced service.
decreased by 50% or more where faulty equipment is
involved. Maximum efficiency will be obtained from sheaves
whose flanges form an angle of approximately 15º with
GENERAL INFORMATION
The four main factors to be considered from this the vertical as shown resulting in about 42% of the
standpoint are: circumference of the rope in contact with the groove of
1. Design the sheave. Grooves with vertical flanges are
2. Materials Used unsatisfactory because they result in excessive chafing
3. Alignment of the rope.
4. Care of the equipment in service
Figure 8. Illustrates the various dimensions of a

sheave, and the use of a sheave gauge
(illustraton on left).
DIAMETER TOLERANCES FOR SHEAVE GROOVES

NOMINAL ROPE DIAMETER GROOVE DIAMETER TOLERANCES
(INCHES) MINIMUM MAXIMUM

1/4 through 5/16 + 1/64 + 1/32
3/8 through 3/4 + 1/32 + 1/16
13/16 through 1-1/8 + 3/64 + 3/32
1-3/16 through 1-1/2 + 1/16 + 1/8
1-9/16 through 2-1/4 + 3/32 + 5/32
2-5/16 up + 1/8 + 3/16
8
PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

Recommended minimum tread diameters of sheaves and drums in inches for operating ropes.
6 X 19 SEALE 6 X 16 FILLER WIRE

ROPE 18 X 17 6 X 19 WARRINGTON 8 X 19 SEALE 6 X 37 SEALE 6 X 42
DIAMETER 6X7 NON-SPINNING FLATTENED 6 X 19 FILLER WIRE 6 X 41 SHOVEL TILLER
(INCHES) (42D) (34D) STRAND (30D) (26D) (18D) (34D)
1/4 10-1/2 8-1/2 7-1/2 6-1/2 ............... 3-1/2
5/16 13-1/4 10-3/4 9-1/2 8-1/4 ............... 4-1/2
3/8 15-3/4 12-3/4 11-1/4 9-3/4 6-3/4 5-1/4
7/16 18-1/2 15 13-1/4 11-1/2 8 6-1/4
1/2 21 17 15 13 9 7
9/16 23-1/2 19-1/4 17 14-3/4 10-1/4 8
GENERAL INFORMATION
5/8 26-1/4 21-1/4 18-3/4 16-1/4 11-1/4 8-3/4
3/4 31-1/2 25-1/2 22-1/2 19-1/2 13-1/2 10-1/2
7/8 36-3/4 29-3/4 26-1/4 22-3/4 15-3/4 ...............
1 42 34 30 26 18 ...............
1-1/8 47-1/4 38-1/4 33-3/4 29-1/4 20-1/4 ...............
1-1/4 52-1/2 42-1/2 37-1/2 32-1/2 22-1/2 ...............
1-3/8 ............... 46-3/4 41-1/4 35-3/4 24-3/4 ...............
1-1/2 ............... 51 45 39 27 ...............
1-5/8 ............... 55-1/4 48-3/4 42-1/4 29-1/4 ...............
1-3/4 ............... 59-1/2 52-1/2 45-1/2 31-1/2 ...............
1-7/8 ............... 63-3/4 56-1/4 48-3/4 33-3/4 ...............
2 ............... 68 60 52 36 ...............
SAFE LOADS - FACTORS OF SAFETY

Several points must be taken into consideration during installation.
In determining the factor of safety for any installation involving
Derrick Guys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
the use of wire rope, there are several points which must be
taken into consideration including impact, normal and static Stack Guys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
loads, acceleration, types of attachments used, types and Wrecking Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
arrangement of sheaves and drums, economical rope life, the Towing Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
reserve strength of the rope to be used, and the degree of Logging Ropes
danger to life and property. Each and every one of these points Spar Tree Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1/2
must be given due consideration in the determination of the
Sky Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
factors of safety and the rope to be used.
Flying Yarders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3/4
The factor of safety is determined by dividing the breaking strength Operation Ropes on
of the rope used by the maximum load to be applied thereon, i.e., Clamshell Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
the factor of safety of 1 inch 6 x 19 improved Plow Steel rope with Mine Hoists, Refuse Planes
a breaking strength of 41.8 tons having a maximum applied load of and Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
8.36 tons is 41.8 divided by 8.36 or 5 to 1.
Industrial Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
While arbitrary values for factors of safety cannot be definitely Hot Ladle Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
set for various classifications of service due to the considerable Elevators
number of variables as described above in each installation, the Slow Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 10
following minimum safety factors have been established High Speed Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12
through considerable experience as being satisfactory under Suspension Bridge
normal conditions.
Main Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
On special installations, may we suggest that you contact our Suspender Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
engineering department for information as to safe loads and Cableway Track Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
desirable factors of safety.
9
SHOCK LOADS
Several points must be taken into consideration during installation.
EXAMPLE OF SHOCK
TAKING UP SLACK AT FULL SPEED

STRESS ON THE ROPE
TOTAL LOAD AT REST “A” 6,375 lbs.
TAKING UP 3" SLACK “B” 11,200 lbs.
TAKING UP 6" SLACK “C” 12,250 lbs.

GENERAL INFORMATION
TAKING UP 12" SLACK “D” 15,675 lbs.
If Safety Factor of 5 was provided for Condition “A”

WHAT FACTOR DO YOU HAVE LEFT WHEN CONDITION CHANGED TO “D”?
HOW CAN YOU AVOID SHOCK T H E O P E R AT O R I S A L L -

LOADS? I M P O R TA N T
1. Make sure there is no slack and no jerking of the Provided the equipment is in good condition, and the
rope at the start of the loading. correct rope is properly installed, the responsibility lies
squarely on the operator to avoid shock loads. A good
2. Watch carefully the loads hoisted to see that they are operator is a good rope’s best friend, and when this
not beyond the rope’s proper working load. friendship ceases, the rope might just as well be cut up
with a torch or emery wheel. An operator can “make or
3. Do not allow rope to become fouled or jammed either break” a wire rope. There is no substitute for experience
on the drum or by jumping a sheave. in handling rope and a desire to get the most out of it.
4. Start load carefully. Too fast acceleration overloads

the rope. Watch how the rope “takes it” on the pick-up.
Apply power smoothly and steadily.
10
SUMMARY OF SUGGESTIONS
Obtaining the maximum possible service from wire rope.
DO NOT SUBJECT ROPES TO NEVER ALLOW ROPES TO KINK

A C I D F U M E S , E X C E S S I V E H E AT OR BIRDCAGE AS THEY WILL BE
OR MOISTURE P E R M A N E N T LY D A M A G E D
Wire rope, being made of steel, is subject to rapid A permanent kink or “bird-cage” cannot be repaired.
deterioration through exposure to acid fumes, excessive Either of these conditions, almost invariably caused by
heat, or moisture. Should the type of installation require improper handling, results in greatly decreased service
that it be exposed to any or all of these conditions, it or immediate removal of the rope. In addition, the kink
should be protected accordingly and extreme care or “bird-cage” is a weak spot in the rope and greatly
should be taken to ensure the proper type of rope being reduces the tensile strength of the rope.
GENERAL INFORMATION
recommended for this type of installation.
USE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE OF
SELECT THE PROPER SIZE, SHEAVES AND DRUMS
GRADE AND CONSTRUCTION OF The use of the proper size and type of sheaves and drums
ROPE will provide greatly increased rope service, far out of the
This is the prime factor in obtaining maximum service proportion to the cost of installation of proper equipment.
from wire rope. In order to ensure the initial installation
of the proper type rope, we maintain a staff of competent, WHERE END FITTINGS ARE
experienced wire rope engineers who are at all times U S E D , U S E S TA N D A R D
available to serve you in recommending proper types of PRESCRIBED METHODS OF
rope for any and all types of rope-using equipment. A P P LY I N G S A M E
A chain is no stronger than its weakest link. The same
A LWAY S K E E P Y O U R R O P E S statement may be applied to wire rope with end fittings.
P R O P E R LY L U B R I C AT E D
A wire rope is in reality a machine with its component
wires constituting its moving parts, therefore it should
be treated as a machine with regards to lubrication
during periods of service. While it is true that all ropes
are treated at the factory with the very best available
lubricants, these lubricants in many instances cannot be
expected to last throughout the service life of the rope.
For this reason, strict attention to the requirements of
lubrication of wire rope while in service will result in
greatly improved performance and service obtained.
K E E P R O P E S P R O P E R LY S E I Z E D
AT A L L T I M E S T O P R E V E N T H I G H
S T R A N D S A N D U N L AY I N G O F R O P E
An improperly seized non-preformed rope is subject not
only to the loss of the portion of rope which will fray out
or unlay if the seizing becomes loose, but in addition,
may result in one or more high strands which will work
back into the rope resulting in early destruction of the
rope due to concentrated wear on these high strands.
11
Important War nings
READ ALL WARNINGS BEFORE USING THIS PUBLICATION

Failure to follow warnings and instructions may result in serious injury or death.
Anyone using this publication must read and understand all Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). The Working
warnings and other information listed below and preceding Load Limit is the maximum load which should ever be
and/or adjacent to the product description. The following applied to a product, even when the product is new and
apply to all of the products in this price list. Warnings when the load is uniformly applied – straight line pull only.
specific to individual products are printed at the beginning Avoid side loading. All catalog ratings are based upon
of each product section. usual environmental conditions, and consideration must be
given to unusual conditions such as extreme high or low
All products are sold with the express understanding that temperatures, chemical solutions or vapors, prolonged
the purchaser is thoroughly familiar with their correct immersion in salt water, etc. Such conditions or high-risk
application and safe use. Use all products properly, in a applications may necessitate reducing the Working Load
safe manner and for the application for which they were Limit.
intended. Delta Rigging and Tools assumes no responsibility
WIRE ROPE
for the use or misapplication of any product sold by this M AT C H I N G O F C O M P O N E N T S

firm. Responsibility for design and use decisions rests with Components must match. Make certain that components
the user. such as hooks, links or shackles, etc. used with wire rope
(or chain or cordage) are of suitable material size and
REMEMBER: ANY PRODUCT WILL strength to provide adequate safety protection. Attachments
BREAK IF ABUSED, MISUSED, must be properly installed and must have a Working Load
O V E R U S E D O R N O T M A I N TA I N E D Limit at least equal to the product with which they are
P R O P E R LY. used. Remember: Any chain is only as strong as its
Such breaks can cause loads to fall or swing out of weakest link.
control, possibly resulting in serious injury or death as
well as major property damage. RAISED LOADS
Keep out from under a raised load. Take notice of the
Therefore: recommendation from the National Safety Council Accident
1. Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). Prevention Manual concerning all lifting operations:
2. Match components properly.
3. Keep out from under a raised load. *All employees working at cranes or hoists or assisting
4. Avoid shock loads. in hooking or arranging a load should be instructed to
5. Inspect products regularly. keep out from under the load. From a safety standpoint,
one factor is paramount: Conduct all lifting operations
It would be impossible in the scope of this publication to list in such a manner, that if there were an equipment
all possible dangers and misapplications associated with failure, no personnel would be injured. This means
the use of all products contained herein. However, in order keep out from under a raised load and keep out of the
to promote safe rigging habits, the most common hazards line of force of any load.
associated with the use of these products are outlined.
Do not operate a load over people. Do not ride on loads.
WORKING LOAD LIMIT
This is the term used throughout the catalog. There are, SHOCK LOADS
however, other terms used in the industry which are Avoid impacting, jerking or swinging of load as the
interchangeable with the term Working Load Limit. These Working Load Limit could be exceeded and the Working
are: WLL, SWL, Safe Working Load, Rated Load Value, Load Limit will not apply. A shock load is generally
Resulting Safe Working Load, and Rated Capacity. significantly greater than the static load. Avoid shock loads.
12
General Purpose Wire Ropes
BRIGHT 6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION
6 x 19 classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance. They give excellent service
with sheaves and drums of moderate size: 6 x 19 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires per
strand, no more than 12 of which are outside wires.
FIBER CORE STEEL CORE (IWRC)
WIRE ROPE
FIBER CORE (IPS) STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS)
DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT BREAKING STRENGTH DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT BREAKING STRENGTH
(INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS* (INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS*
1/4 .105 2.74 1/4 .116 3.4
5/16 .164 4.26 5/16 .18 5.27
3/8 .236 6.10 3/8 .26 7.55
7/16 .32 8.27 7/16 .35 10.2
1/2 .42 10.7 1/2 .46 13.3
9/16 .53 13.5 9/16 .59 16.8
5/8 .66 16.7 5/8 .72 20.6
3/4 .95 23.8 3/4 1.04 29.4
7/8 1.29 32.2 7/8 1.42 39.8
1 1.68 41.8 1 1.85 51.7
1-1/8 2.13 52.6 1-1/8 2.34 65.0
1-1/4 2.63 64.6 1-1/4 2.89 79.9
1-3/8 3.18 77.7 1-3/8 3.50 96.0
1-1/2 3.78 92.0 1-1/2 4.16 114.0
1-3/4 5.15 124.0 1-5/8 4.88 132.0
2 6.72 160.0
1-3/4 5.67 153.0
2-1/4 8.51 200.0
2 7.39 198.0
2-1/2 10.5 244.0
2-1/4 9.36 247.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
2-3/8 10.4 274.0
2-1/2 11.6 302.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength of
new, unused wire rope. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Most importantly, wire
rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the
AISI Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of
steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.
Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.
13
BRIGHT 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION
6 x 37 classification ropes are more flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains
numerous small diameter wires. As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain
6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.
FIBER CORE STEEL CORE (IWRC)

WIRE ROPE
FIBER CORE (IPS) STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS)
1/4 .105 2.74 1/4 .116 3.4
5/16 .164 4.26 5/16 .18 5.27
3/8 .236 6.10 3/8 .26 7.55
7/16 .32 8.27 7/16 .35 10.2
1/2 .42 10.7 1/2 .46 13.3
9/16 .53 13.5 9/16 .59 16.8
5/8 .66 16.7 5/8 .72 20.6
3/4 .95 23.8 3/4 1.04 29.4
7/8 1.29 32.2 7/8 1.42 39.8
1 1.68 41.8 1 1.85 51.7
1-1/8 2.13 52.6 1-1/8 2.34 65.0
1-1/4 2.63 64.6 1-1/4 2.89 79.9
1-3/8 3.18 77.7 1-3/8 3.50 96.0
1-1/2 3.78 92.0 1-1/2 4.16 114.0
1-3/4 5.15 124.0 1-5/8 4.88 132.0
2 6.72 160.0 1-3/4 5.67 153.0
2-1/4 8.51 200.0 2 7.39 198.0
2-1/2 10.5 244.0 2-1/4 9.36 247.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs. 2-1/2 11.6 368.0
3 16.6 428.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
14
GALVANIZED FIBER CORE

6 X 1 9 C L A S S I F I C AT I O N 6 X 3 7 C L A S S I F I C AT I O N
6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION
DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT MINIMUM BREAKING DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT MINIMUM BREAKING
(INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS STRENGTH IN TONS* (INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS STRENGTH IN TONS*
3/16 .059 1.40 1/4 .105 2.47
WIRE ROPE
1/4 .105 2.47 5/16 .164 3.83
5/16 .164 3.83 3/8 .236 5.49
3/8 .236 5.49 7/16 .32 7.44
7/16 .32 7.44 1/2 .42 9.63
1/2 .42 9.63 9/16 .53 12.1
9/16 .53 12.1 5/8 .66 15.0
5/8 .66 15.0 3/4 .95 21.4
3/4 .95 21.4 7/8 1.29 29.0
7/8 1.29 29.0 1 1.68 37.6
1 1.68 37.6 1-1/8 2.13 47.3
1-1/8 2.13 47.3 1-1/4 2.63 58.1
1-1/4 2.63 58.1 1-3/8 3.18 69.9
1-3/8 3.18 69.9 1-1/2 3.78 82.8
1-1/2 3.78 82.8 1-5/8 4.44 96.3
1-5/8 4.44 96.3 1-3/4 5.15 112.0
1-3/4 5.15 112.0 1-7/8 5.91 127.0
1-7/8 5.91 127.0 2 6.72 144.0
2 6.72 144.0 2-1/8 7.59 161.0
2-1/8 7.59 161.0 2-1/4 8.51 180.0
2-1/4 8.51 180.0 *1 ton = 2000 lbs.
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
15
DRAWN GALVANIZED STEEL CORE (IWRC)

6 X 1 9 C L A S S I F I C AT I O N 6 X 3 7 C L A S S I F I C AT I O N
6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION
DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT MINIMUM BREAKING DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT MINIMUM BREAKING
(INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS STRENGTH IN TONS* (INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS STRENGTH IN TONS*
1/4 .116 3.4 1/4 .116 3.4
WIRE ROPE
5/16 .180 5.27 5/16 .180 5.27

3/8 .260 7.55 3/8 .260 7.55
7/16 .35 10.2 7/16 .35 10.2
1/2 .46 13.3 1/2 .46 13.3
9/16 .59 16.8 9/16 .59 16.8
5/8 .72 20.6 5/8 .72 20.6
3/4 1.04 29.4 3/4 1.04 29.4
7/8 1.42 39.8 7/8 1.42 39.8
1 1.85 51.7 1 1.85 51.7
1-1/8 2.34 65.0 1-1/8 2.34 65.0
1-1/4 2.89 79.9 1-1/4 2.89 79.9
1-3/8 3.50 96.0 1-3/8 3.50 96.0
1-1/2 4.16 114.0 1-1/2 4.16 114.0
1-5/8 4.88 132.0 1-5/8 4.88 132.0
1-3/4 5.67 153.0 1-3/4 5.67 153.0
1-7/8 6.50 198.0 1-7/8 6.50 198.0
2 7.39 247.0 2 7.39 247.0
2-1/8 8.35 368.0 2-1/8 8.35 368.0
2-1/4 9.36 428.0 2-1/4 9.36 428.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs. *1 ton = 2000 lbs.
16
Rotation Resistant Wire Ropes
19 X 19 ROTATION-RESISTANT
19 x 19 is recommended for both multipart load and singlepart fast line applications where rotational stability of the lifted
load is needed, such as for use as a long fall on offshore pedestal cranes, rough and all terrain cranes, and crawler cranes.
19 X 19 PROVIDES: 1 9 X 1 9 R O TAT I O N - R E S I S TA N T
Fatigue Resistance
Improved fatigue properties are derived through the
combination of the flexible 19 x 19 construction and die
drawn strands. The drawn strand surfaces minimize the
interstrand and interlayer nicking that take place in round
rotation-resistant ropes.
Abrasion Resistance
WIRE ROPE
Die drawn ropes provide improved abrasion resistance as 19 X 19 ROTATION - RESISTANT
compared with round wire ropes because of the greater
ROPE
wire and strand bearing surfaces contacting sheaves and DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT NOMINAL STRENGTH
drums. (INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS*
1/2 .54 14.6
Resistance to Drum Crushing
9/16 .69 18.5
19 x 19 wire ropes are resistant to the effects of drum
crushing due to the compacted strands and smoothness 5/8 .83 22.7
of the rope surface. 3/4 1.19 32.4
7/8 1.62 43.8
Flexibility
With 19 strands of 19 wires in all diameters, 19 x 19 1 2.12 56.9
remains extremely flexible and easy to handle during both 1-1/8 2.68 71.5
the installation process and under the extremely harsh 1-1/4 3.31 87.9
conditions form fast line speeds during spooling.
1-3/8 4.01 106.0
1-1/2 4.77 125.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal
strengths listed. Tons of 2,000 lbs.
17
35 X 7 ROTATION-RESISTANT
35 x 7 offers the best operating and performance characteristics of all rotation-resistant ropes. 35 x 7 is recommended for
crawler and truck-type crane load lines, tower crane hoist ropes, and other applications where high strength, low rotation
and/or the ability to withstand long falls is needed.
I N A D D I T I O N T O T H E FAT I G U E 3 5 X 7 R O TAT I O N – R E S I S TA N T
A N D A B R A S I O N R E S I S TA N C E ,
A N D R E S I S TA N C E T O
M U LT I L AY E R D R U M C R U S H I N G
F R O M I T S D I E D R AW N S T R A N D
DESIGN, 35 X 7 PROVIDES:
High Strength
35 x 7’s design and manufacturing process provides a
high strength rope which exceeds EEIP nominal breaking
WIRE ROPE
strength.
35 X 7 ROTATION–RESISTANT
Superior Rotation Resistance ROPE
35 x 7 is the most rotation-resistant rope of all rotation- DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT NOMINAL STRENGTH
resistant ropes. 35 x 7’s special design and multiple- (INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS*
strand construction provides superior rotation resistance. 1/2 .54 15.65
Due to its rotation-resistant properties, 35 x 7 may be 9/16 .64 18.85
used with a swivel in both singlepart and multipart
5/8 .84 24.80
reeving.
21/32 .92 27.23
Flexibility 11/16 1.01 28.77
35 x 7’s multiple strand design provides increased 23/32 1.05 31.09
flexibility, making it easy to install, and 35 x 7 offers
3/4 1.15 34.06
improved service life and better spooling at high line
speeds. 25/32 1.28 38.14
7/8 1.57 46.63
15/16 1.81 54.35
1 2.16 64.16
1-3/32 2.53 75.08
1-3/16 2.80 83.79
1-1/4 3.36 99.22
1-3/8 3.68 109.14
1-1/2 4.68 138.91
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal
18
BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

8 X 2 5 R O TAT I O N R E S I S TA N T 1 9 X 7 N O N - R O TAT I N G
8 X 25 ROTATION RESISTANT 19 X 7 NON-ROTATING

ROPE ROPE
(INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS IN TONS* (INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS IN TONS*
WIRE ROPE
3/8 .26 6.63 1/4 .113 2.77
1/2 .47 11.6 5/16 .177 4.30
9/16 .60 14.7 3/8 .25 6.15
5/8 .73 18.1 7/16 .35 8.33
3/4 1.06 25.9 1/2 .45 10.8
7/8 1.44 35.0 9/16 .58 13.6
1 1.88 45.5 5/8 .71 16.8
*1 ton = 2000 lbs. 3/4 1.02 24.0
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal 7/8 1.39 32.5
1 1.82 42.2
1-1/8 2.30 53.1
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
Application
8 x 25 is recommended for multiple sheave configurations, while 19 x 7 should be used for a single sheave configuration.
19
7 X 7 / 7 X 19 WIRE ROPE
Not for aircraft use.
G A LVA N I Z E D W I R E R O P E S TA I N L E S S S T E E L W I R E R O P E
(TYPE 304)
7 X 7 CLASSIFICATION
WIRE ROPE
CABLE
DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT MINIMUM BREAKING
CABLE
(INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS STRENGTH IN POUNDS
1/16 .007 480 (INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS STRENGTH IN POUNDS
5/64 .011 650 1/16 .007 480
3/32 .016 920 3/32 .016 920
1/8 .028 1700 1/8 .028 1760
5/32 .043 2600 3/16 .062 3700
3/16 .062 3700

1/4 .106 6100 7 X 19 CLASSIFICATION
CABLE
(INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS STRENGTH IN POUNDS
CABLE 3/32 .017 920
(INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS STRENGTH IN POUNDS 1/8 .029 1760
3/32 .017 1000 5/32 .045 2400
1/8 .029 2000 3/16 .065 3700
5/32 .045 2800 7/32 .086 5000
3/16 .065 4200 1/4 .110 6400
7/32 .086 5600 5/16 .173 9000
1/4 .110 7000 3/8 .243 12,000
5/16 .173 9800

3/8 .243 14,400
20
STAINLESS STEEL/GALVANIZED CABLE-LAID

6 X 1 9 S TA I N L E S S S T E E L W I R E 6 X 3 6 S TA I N L E S S S T E E L W I R E
ROPE (TYPE 304) ROPE (TYPE 304)
6 X 19 (1 + 6 + 12) 6 X 36 WARRINGTON
WITH IWRC SEALE WITH IWRC
WIRE ROPE
ROPE ROPE
(INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS IN POUNDS* (INCHES) PER FOOT POUNDS IN POUNDS*
7/16 .35 16,300 5/16 .18 8,300
1/2 .46 22,800 3/8 .24 11,700
9/16 .59 28,500 7/16 .35 15,800
5/8 .72 35,000 1/2 .46 20,800
3/4 1.04 49,600 9/16 .59 25,600
5/8 .72 31,400
CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE 3/4 1.04 44,400
( G A LVA N I Z E D - P R E F O R M E D ) 7/8 1.42 59,700
1 1.85 77,300
1-1/8 2.34 97,000
1-1/4 2.89 125,600
1-3/8 3.50 151,500
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but
should never exceed recommended design factor or 20% of catalog
breaking strength.
7 X 7 X 7 CABLE-LAID & 7 X 7 X 19 CABLE-LAID
APPROX. TO BE USED FOR MECHANICALLY SWAGED SLINGS ONLY.
ROPE WEIGHT BREAKING Do not use for hand-spliced assemblies or for general
DIAMETER PER FOOT STRENGTH purpose operating rope.
(INCHES) CONSTRUCTION POUNDS IN TONS*
3/8 7x7x7 .21 5.7 WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied,
1/2 7x7x7 .37 9.75 concerning the use of this product apply only to the
nominal strength of new, unused wire rope. All equipment
5/8 7x7x7 .58 14.6
using this product must be properly used and maintained.
3/4 7 x 7 x 19 .88 21.4 Most importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected
7/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.19 28.4 during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can
1 7 x 7 x 19 1.56 36.2 cause rope failure. Consult the AISI Wire Rope Users
Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
1-1/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.94 44.7
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel
1-1/4 7 x 7 x 19 2.39 53.7 sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the
*1 ton = 2000 lbs. sheave equipment manufacturer.
Read important warnings and
information preceding wire rope section.
21
VINYL COATED CABLE

Small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope is sometimes referred to as “aircraft cable”. It is not intended for
aircraft use but designed for industrial and marine applications. When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable,
match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16" cable coated to 1/4" takes 3/16" clip). Strip plastic coating off cable
where clips will be positioned for full holding power.
C L E A R V I N Y L C O AT E D G A LVA N I Z E D C A B L E
CLEAR VINYL COATED GALVANIZED CABLE
CABLE APPROX. WEIGHT BREAKING

DIAMETER COATED TO PER 1,000 FOOT STRENGTH
(INCHES) (INCHES) IN POUNDS IN POUNDS* CONSTRUCTION
1/16** 3/32 9.3 480 7x7
1/16** 1/8 11.8 480 7x7
WIRE ROPE
3/32** 1/8 18.5 920 7x7

3/32** 3/16 25.8 920 7x7
1/8** 3/16 35.2 1,700 7x7
3/32** 1/8 19.9 1,000 7 x 19
1/8** 3/16 36.2 2,000 7 x 19
3/16** 1/4 77.5 4,200 7 x 19
1/4** 5/16 123.0 7,000 7 x 19
5/16** 3/8 197.0 9,800 7 x 19
3/8** 7/16 270.0 14,400 7 x 19
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
V I N Y L C O AT E D S TA I N L E S S C A B L E CLEAR VINYL COATED STAINLESS CABLE

(TYPE 304) APPROX.
CABLE WT. PER BREAKING
DIAMETER COATED 1,000 FT. STRENGTH
(INCHES) TO POUNDS IN POUNDS CONSTRUCTION
1/8** 3/16 36.2 1,760 7 x 19
3/16 1/4 77.5 3,700 7 x 19
1/4** 5/16 123.0 6,400 7 x 19
5/16** 3/8 197.0 9,000 7 x 19
3/8** 7/16 270.0 12,000 7 x 19
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. Approximately 3 weeks delivery.
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed recommended design factor or 20% of catalog breaking strength.
**Uncoated cable according to Federal Specification RR-W-410D. Uncoated cable meets dimensional and strength requirements of MIL-W-83420D.
22
OILFIELD WIRE ROPES

6 X 19 DRILL LINES 6 X 7 FIBER CORE SAND LINES
STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS) BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
WIRE ROPE
1-1/8 2.34 65.0 1/2 .38 10.3
1-1/4 2.89 79.9 9/16 .48 13.0
1-3/8 3.50 96.0 5/8 .59 15.9
1-1/2 4.16 114.0 *1 ton = 2000 lbs.
1-5/8 4.88 132.0

1-3/4 5.67 153.0
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
6 X 26 TUBING LINES
STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS)
DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT BREAKING STRENGTH

(INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS*
3/4 1.04 29.4
7/8 1.42 39.8
1 1.85 51.7
*1 ton = 2000 lbs.
23
Important War nings

Anyone using this publication must read and understand all Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). The Working
warnings and other information listed below and preceding Load Limit is the maximum load which should ever be
and/or adjacent to the product description. The following applied to a product, even when the product is new and
apply to all of the products in this price list. Warnings when the load is uniformly applied – straight line pull only.
specific to individual products are printed at the beginning Avoid side loading. All catalog ratings are based upon
of each product section. usual environmental conditions, and consideration must be
given to unusual conditions such as extreme high or low
All products are sold with the express understanding that temperatures, chemical solutions or vapors, prolonged
the purchaser is thoroughly familiar with their correct immersion in salt water, etc. Such conditions or high-risk
application and safe use. Use all products properly, in a applications may necessitate reducing the Working Load
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
safe manner and for the application for which they were Limit.
intended. Delta Rigging and Tools assumes no responsibility
for the use or misapplication of any product sold by this M AT C H I N G O F C O M P O N E N T S
firm. Responsibility for design and use decisions rests with Components must match. Make certain that components
the user. such as hooks, links or shackles, etc. used with wire rope
(or chain or cordage) are of suitable material size and
REMEMBER: ANY PRODUCT WILL strength to provide adequate safety protection. Attachments
BREAK IF ABUSED, MISUSED, must be properly installed and must have a Working Load
O V E R U S E D O R N O T M A I N TA I N E D Limit at least equal to the product with which they are
P R O P E R LY. used. Remember: Any chain is only as strong as its
Such breaks can cause loads to fall or swing out of weakest link.
control, possibly resulting in serious injury or death as
well as major property damage. RAISED LOADS
Keep out from under a raised load. Take notice of the
Therefore: recommendation from the National Safety Council Accident
1. Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). Prevention Manual concerning all lifting operations:
2. Match components properly.
3. Keep out from under a raised load. *All employees working at cranes or hoists or assisting
4. Avoid shock loads. in hooking or arranging a load should be instructed to
5. Inspect products regularly. keep out from under the load. From a safety standpoint,
one factor is paramount: Conduct all lifting operations
It would be impossible in the scope of this publication to list in such a manner, that if there were an equipment
all possible dangers and misapplications associated with failure, no personnel would be injured. This means
the use of all products contained herein. However, in order keep out from under a raised load and keep out of the
to promote safe rigging habits, the most common hazards line of force of any load.
associated with the use of these products are outlined.
Do not operate a load over people. Do not ride on loads.
WORKING LOAD LIMIT
This is the term used throughout the catalog. There are, SHOCK LOADS
however, other terms used in the industry which are Avoid impacting, jerking or swinging of load as the
interchangeable with the term Working Load Limit. These Working Load Limit could be exceeded and the Working
are: WLL, SWL, Safe Working Load, Rated Load Value, Load Limit will not apply. A shock load is generally
Resulting Safe Working Load, and Rated Capacity. significantly greater than the static load. Avoid shock loads.
24
Wire Rope Grips
SPECIAL HEADS
In addition to our regular grips, we illustrate some of the special purpose grips manufactured. All styles are fabricated from
highest quality flexible Aircraft Strand steel with a protective plastic coating. These may be furnished from Model JL-75
through Model E, or special purpose grips can be fabricated for varied applications. All special heads available with steel
lift eye, as illustrated in Model TSO.
MODEL SE
Single lifting eye with dual topside
opening.
WIRE ROPE GRIPS

MODEL DLE
Dual lift with suspension lift eyes.
MODEL TSO
Topside multiple openings with
single lift steel reinforced eye.
MODEL U
Single bail top opening for bus
drops and suspension.
(#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A. Approv.)
MODEL O
For stringing overhead synthetic
ropes or swivel lines where no
swivel is required, or to join
conductor or rope splice. Used in
reaving conductor and/or rope.
25
Wire Rope Grips
SEALED SWIVELS, R-SERIES GRIPS & SWIVEL EYE GRIPS

6 x 37 classification ropes are more flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains
numerous small diameter wires. As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain
6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.
LEWIS SEALED BALL

BEARING DIRECTION BORING
D C
SWIVEL
Prevents equipment’s rotational torque from B
interfering with the product being pulled. In a A
typical boring application, the swivel is attached
behind the reamer head and to the pipe or cable
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
being pulled through the bore. Permanently sealed

to keep contaminants out, they never require
lubrication.
BALL
BEARING OVERALL DIAMETER JAW OVERALL
SWIVEL LENGTH OF PIN OPENING DIAMETER WORKING
PART# A (IN.) B (IN.) C (IN.) D (IN.) LOAD
HD-00-S 4 5/16 3/8 7/8 1,500 lbs.
HD-0-S 5-1/16 7/16 1/2 1-1/8 5,400 lbs.
HD-1-S 6-3/8 1/2 1/2 1-3/8 9,000 lbs.
HD-2-S 7 5/8 5/8 1-5/8 12,000 lbs.
HD-3-S 8-3/4 3/4 3/4 2 21,000 lbs.
HD-4-S 10-1/8 7/8 7/8 2-3/8 30,000 lbs.
JL-R-SERIES GRIPS
The JL-R series is designed to be used in
secondary light duty cable pulls. The neoprene
cone at the front of the grip helps the grip and
cable go around the tightest bends easily and
SIZE WORK MESH
smoothly. If installed properly, the cone can also PART# RANGE (IN.) U.T.S. LOAD EYE (IN.) (IN.)
help eliminate possible cable lubricant migration
XS-JL-25-R 1/4 – 1/2 1,200 lbs. 600 lbs. 3-1/2 6
by sealing off the end of the cable during a pull.
XS-JL-50-R 1/2 – 3/4 2,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 4 8
XS-JL-100-R 3/4 – 1 2,800 lbs. 1,400 lbs. 4-1/2 10
XS-JL-125-R 1 –1-1/2 4,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 5-1/2 13
WARNING
(1) Make a complete inspection of swivel before each use.
(2) See that end pins make up properly and allen screw is in place.
(3) Rotate swivel by hand to determine proper operation of bearings.
(4) Test complete swivel frequently.
(5) Do not alter or modify unit.
26
Wire Rope Grips
SEALED SWIVELS, R-SERIES GRIPS & SWIVEL EYE GRIPS

The SEG series are available with hardened steel
rotating eyes. These eyes are durable, compact,
and streamlined and will thread through blocks
and sheaves without binding.
A
The rotating eye is not a ball bearing swivel and D
will not turn while under tension. It will turn to
C SEG-1 B
relieve pulling torque when the pulling tension is
released. If a continual swivel movement is E
needed, a ball bearing swivel should be used.
Reference swivel usages per following 1-3
WIRE ROPE GRIPS

explanations: LEWIS
PART # A (IN.) B (IN.) C (IN.) D (IN.) E (IN.)
1. HD series for overhead and high tension
underground. SEG-0 3-1/4 7/8 3/8 15/32 17/32
2. W series for standard underground pulling. SEG-1 3-1/2 1 1/2 17/32 5/8
3. HD-S series when a high tension environment is SEG-2 4-5/8 1-3/8 1/2 43/64 7/8
anticipated, coupled with a need for a sealed SEG-3 6-1/2 1-5/8 5/8 1-5/8 55/64
swivel: i.e. directional boring applications.
SEG-4 7-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/32 63/64 1-3/16
In addition, the SEG series can be customized SEG-5/6/7 8 2 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/4
to meet customer specifications. We offer the SEG-8/9/10 8-1/2 2-1/4 1-3/16 1-1/8 1-1/8
following options:
A. Special mesh lengths. When a customer would
LEWIS MESH SIZE WORK BREAKING
like a different mesh length than the one PART # LENGTH (IN.) RANGE (IN.) LOAD STRENGTH
specified on the SEG chart.
SEG-0 24 1/4 – 1/2 1,200 6,000 lbs.
B. Mesh available in three different types of wire
for varying applications and environments: 1. SEG-1 36 1/2 – 1 3,500 10,000 lbs.
Galvanized (standard) 2. Plastic coated SEG-2 42 1 – 1-1/2 9,600 28,800 lbs.
galvanized 3. Stainless SEG-3 48 1-1/2 – 2 11,200 32,000 lbs.
SEG-4 60 2 – 2-1/2 16,300 49,000 lbs.
All inquiries on custom made grips are given our
prompt attention. SEG-5 60 2-1/2 – 3 16,700 50,300 lbs.
SEG-6 66 3 – 3-1/2 16,700 50,300 lbs.
SEG-7 72 3-1/2 – 4 16,700 50,300 lbs.
SEG-8 72 4 – 4-1/2 23,300 70,000 lbs.
SEG-9 72 4-1/2 – 5 23,300 70,000 lbs.
SEG-10 72 5 – 5-1/2 23,300 70,000 lbs.
27
Wire Rope Grips
STANDARD PULLING GRIPS

MODEL J
Double Weave – 6-3/4" to 8"
E M
WORK MESH
SIZE (IN.) LOAD WEIGHT WEAVE LENGTH (IN.) EYE
9,100 lbs. 8.8 lbs. 58
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
6-3/4 – 8 Double 6 in. Braided

10,100 lbs. 10.2 lbs. 64
LEWIS SNAKE GRIP

The Lewis Snake Grip expands or
contracts to grip different or
identical cable and/or rope sizes
as per the customer’s needs.
SAVE time stringing up, changing

and unstringing because the
snake requires no special tools.
The swivel and swing link go
smoothly through blocks and REGULAR SIZE SNAKES
SIZE (IN.) U.T.S WORK LOAD
prevent line twisting.
1/4 – 1/2 4,486 1,200
INSTALL new cable by using old 1/2 – 1 7,500 2,500
existing cable as pulling line. 1 – 1-1/2 10,000 3,500
Always seize the ends of the
1-1/2 – 2 12,000 4,000
grips by banding or taping.
2 – 2-3/4 16,000 5,000
2-3/4 – 3-1/2 20,000 6,500
3-1/2 – 4-1/4 24,000 8,000
SPECIAL SIZE SNAKES

SIZE (IN.) U.T.S WORK LOAD
1/4 – 1-1/2 4,486/7,500 1,200/2,500
1/2 – 1-1/2 7,500/10,000 2,500/3,500
1/2 – 2 7,500/12,000 2,500/4,000
1–2 10,000/12,000 3,500/4,000
1-1/2 – 2-1/2 12,000/16,000 4,000/5,000
28
Wire Rope Grips
STANDARD PULLING GRIPS

MODEL A
Single Weave or Double Weave –
3/4" to 1-1/4"
E M
Model A Pulling Grip is WORK MESH

manufactured in both single and SIZE (IN.) LOAD WEIGHT WEAVE LENGTH (IN.) EYE (IN.)
double weave design of Hi- 1,000 lbs. 5-1/2 oz. Single 18
WIRE ROPE GRIPS

3/4 – 1-1/4 3
Fatigue plastic coated Aircraft
2,000 lbs. 8-1/2 oz. Double 24
Strand steel cable, and is
recommended wherever high
strength and small size are
required. Patented pulling eye is
flexible stress relieving.
MODEL B
Triple Weave – 1-1/4" to 2"
E M
Model B Pulling Grip is WORK MESH

manufactured in both single and SIZE (IN.) LOAD WEIGHT WEAVE LENGTH (IN.) EYE (IN.)
double weave design of Hi- 2,500 lbs. 13 oz. 26
1-1/4 – 2 Triple 3-1/4
Fatigue plastic coated Aircraft
3,500 lbs. 1 lb. 1 oz. 32
Strand steel cable, and is
recommended wherever high
strength and small size are
required. Patented pulling eye is
flexible stress relieving.
29
Wire Rope Slings
SLING LEG OPTIONS

Standard End Fitting Combinations
To order sling legs, choose the correct size from the tables on the following pages. Determine the length needed and
specify the end fittings required from the list of combinations shown below. Two, three, and four leg spreaders will be
fabricated with oblong Master links, unless otherwise specified.
S TA N D A R D E Y E & S TA N D A R D E Y E S TA N D A R D E Y E & T H I M B L E
with Shackle Sealed in Thimble
S TA N D A R D E Y E & T H I M B L E
THIMBLE & SLIP-THRU THIMBLE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
S TA N D A R D E Y E & H O O K
S TA N D A R D E Y E & O P E N S WA G E
SOCKET
CRESCENT THIMBLE & STANDARD EYE
S TA N D A R D E Y E & C L O S E D
S WA G E S O C K E T
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & STANDARD EYE
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & HOOK
THIMBLE & THIMBLE
SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & SLIP-

THRU THIMBLE
THIMBLE & HOOK
EYE & THIMBLE EYE & EYE

with Sliding Choker Hook with Sliding Choker Hook
30
Wire Rope Slings
1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE (CHOKER)

SINGLE LEG SLINGS
BASKET AT DEGREES
ROPE
DIAMETER VERTICAL 60 45 30
(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE
1/4 .65 .48 1.3 1.1 .91 .65
5/16 1 .74 2 1.7 1.4 1
3/8 1.4 1.1 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.4
7/16 1.9 1.4 3.9 3.4 2.7 1.9
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

1/2 2.5 1.9 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.5
9/16 3.2 2.4 6.4 5.5 4.5 3.2
5/8 3.9 2.9 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9
3/4 5.6 4.1 11 9.7 7.9 5.6
7/8 7.6 5.6 15 13 11 7.6
1 9.8 7.2 20 17 14 9.8
1-1/8 12 9.1 24 21 17 12
1-1/4 15 11 30 26 21 15
1-3/8 18 13 36 31 25 18
1-1/2 21 16 42 37 30 21
1-5/8 24 18 49 42 35 24
1-3/4 28 21 57 49 40 28
1-7/8 32 24 64 56 46 32
2 37 28 73 63 52 37
2-1/8 40 31 80 69 56 40
Extra improved plow steel IWRC
2-1/4 44 35 89 77 63 44
Rated capacity in tons
(EIPS) 2-3/8 49 38 99 85 70 49
2-1/2 54 42 109 94 77 54
2-5/8 60 46 119 103 84 60
2-3/4 65 51 130 113 92 65
2-7/8 71 55 141 122 100 71
3 77 60 153 132 108 77
3-1/8 82 64 165 143 117 82
3-1/4 89 69 177 153 125 89
3-3/8 95 74 190 165 135 95
3-1/2 102 79 203 102 144 176
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal
sling diameter.
Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.
Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.
31
Wire Rope Slings
1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE

2-LEG SPREADERS
ROPE 2-LEG SPREADERS

DIAMETER
(INCHES) 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE
LEN
GTH
1/4 1.1 .91 .65

5/16 1.7 1.4 1
3/8 2.5 2 1.4
Extra improved plow steel IWRC 7/16 3.4 2.7 1.9
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
(EIPS) 1/2 4.4 3.6 2.5

9/16 5.5 4.5 3.2
5/8 6.8 5.5 3.9
3/4 9.7 7.9 5.6
7/8 13 11 7.6
1 17 14 9.8
1-1/8 21 17 12
1-1/4 26 21 15
1-3/8 31 25 18
1-1/2 37 30 21
1-5/8 42 35 24
1-3/4 49 40 28
1-7/8 56 46 32
2 63 52 37
2-1/8 69 56 40
2-1/4 77 63 44
2-3/8 85 70 49
2-1/2 94 77 54
2-5/8 103 84 60
2-3/4 113 92 65
2-7/8 122 100 71
3 133 108 77
3-1/8 143 117 82
3-1/4 153 125 89
3-3/8 165 135 95
3-1/2 176 144 102
sling diameter.
32
Wire Rope Slings

3-LEG SPREADERS

DIAMETER
LEN

GT
H
1/4 1.7 1.4 .97

5/16 2.6 2.1 1.5
3/8 3.7 3.0 2.2
(EIPS) 1/2 6.6 5.4 3.8
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

9/16 8.3 6.8 4.8
5/8 10 8.3 5.9
3/4 15 12 8.4
7/8 20 16 11
1 26 21 15
1-1/8 31 26 18
1-1/4 38 31 22
1-3/8 46 38 27
1-1/2 55 45 32
1-5/8 63 52 37
1-3/4 74 60 42
1-7/8 84 68 48
2 95 78 55
2-1/8 103 84 60
2-1/4 116 94 67
2-3/8 128 105 74
2-1/2 141 115 82
2-5/8 155 126 89
2-3/4 169 138 97
2-7/8 183 150 106
3 199 162 15
3-1/8 214 175 124
3-1/4 230 188 133
3-3/8 247 202 143
3-1/2 264 215 152
sling diameter.
33
Wire Rope Slings

4-LEG SPREADERS

DIAMETER
LEN

GTH
1/4 2.2 1.8 1.3

5/16 3.5 2.8 2.0
3/8 5.0 4.1 2.9
(EIPS) 1/2 8.8 7.1 5.1
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
9/16 11 9.0 6.4

5/8 14 11 7.8
3/4 19 16 11
7/8 26 21 15
1 34 28 20
1-1/8 42 34 24
1-1/4 51 42 30
1-3/8 62 50 36
1-1/2 73 60 42
1-5/8 85 69 49
1-3/4 98 80 57
1-7/8 112 91 64
2 127 104 73
2-1/8 138 113 80
2-1/4 154 126 89
2-3/8 171 139 99
2-1/2 188 154 109
sling diameter.
34
Wire Rope Slings
STAINLESS STEEL/MECHANICAL SPLICE

SINGLE LEG SLINGS
ROPE DIAMETER
(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET
1/4 .61 .45 1.2
5/16 .86 .63 1.7
3/8 1.1 .84 2.3
7/16 1.5 1.1 3.1
1/2 2.2 1.6 4.3
9/16 2.7 2.0 5.4
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

5/8 3.3 2.5 6.7
3/4 4.7 3.5 9.4
7/8 6.3 4.7 13
1 8.1 6.0 16
1-1/8 10 7.4 20
1-1/4 12 9.1 25
1-3/8 14 11 29
1-1/2 17 13 34
1-5/8 20 15 40
1-3/4 22 17 45
1-7/8 25 19 51
2 28 21 57
2-1/8 32 23 63
2-1/4 35 25 69
Stainless steel Type 302 or 304 IWRC Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25
Rated capacity in tons Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal
sling diameter.
35
Wire Rope Slings
STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 302 AND 304/MECHANICAL SPLICE IWRC

TWO-LEG BRIDLE
Rated capacity in tons of 2,000 lbs.
Rated capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x36 classification wire rope.
ROPE DIAMETER
1/4 1.1 0.86 0.61
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
5/16 1.5 1.2 0.86

3/8 2.0 1.6 1.1
7/16 2.7 2.2 1.5
1/2 3.8 3.1 2.2
9/16 4.7 3.8 2.7
5/8 5.8 4.7 3.3
3/4 8.2 6.7 4.7
7/8 11 8.9 6.3
1 14 11 8
1-1/8 17 14 10
1-1/4 21 17 12
1-3/8 24 20 14
1-1/2 29 24 17
1-5/8 33 27 19
1-3/4 38 31 22
1-7/8 43 35 25
2 48 39 28
2-1/8 52 42 30
2-1/4 57 46 33
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25
sling diameter.
36
Wire Rope Slings

THREE-LEG BRIDLE
ROPE DIAMETER
1/4 1.6 1.3 0.91
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

5/16 2.2 1.8 1.3
3/8 3.0 2.4 1.7
7/16 4.0 3.3 2.3
1/2 5.6 4.6 3.2
9/16 7.1 5.8 4.1
5/8 8.6 7.1 5.0
3/4 12 10 7.1
7/8 16 13 9.5
1 21 17 12
1-1/8 26 21 15
1-1/4 31 25 18
1-3/8 36 30 21
1-1/2 43 35 25
1-5/8 50 41 29
1-3/4 57 46 33
1-7/8 64 52 37
2 72 58 41
2-1/8 78 63 45
2-1/4 85 69 49
sling diameter.
37
Wire Rope Slings

FOUR-LEG BRIDLE
ROPE DIAMETER
1/4 2.1 1.7 1.2
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
5/16 3.0 2.4 1.7

3/8 3.9 3.2 2.3
7/16 5.4 4.4 3.1
1/2 7.5 6.1 4.3
9/16 9.4 7.7 5.4
5/8 12 9.4 6.7
3/4 16 13 9.4
7/8 22 18 13
1 28 23 16
1-1/8 34 28 20
1-1/4 41 34 24
1-3/8 49 40 28
1-1/2 58 47 33
1-5/8 67 54 38
1-3/4 76 62 44
1-7/8 85 70 49
2 95 78 55
2-1/8 104 85 60
2-1/4 113 93 66
sling diameter.
38
Wire Rope Slings
CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

SINGLE PART SLING TWO LEG SPREAD OR BASKET
ROPE DIAMETER VERTICAL
(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE
7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION
1/4 .50 .34 1.0 0.87 0.71 0.50
3/8 1.1 .74 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.1
1/2 1.9 1.3 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9
5/8 2.8 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8
3/4 4.1 2.8 8.1 7.0 5.8 4.1
7/8 5.4 3.7 11 9.3 7.6 5.4
1 6.9 4.7 14 12 9.7 6.9
1-1/8 8.3 5.8 17 14 12 8.3
1-1/4 9.9 7.0 20 17 14 9.9
Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 10 or greater.
sling diameter.
39
Cable Laid Slings
MECHANICAL SPLICE/GALVANIZED
THREE-LEG BRIDLE
ROPE DIAMETER
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1/4 1.3 1.1 0.76

3/8 2.8 2.3 1.6
1/2 4.8 3.9 2.8
5/8 7.2 5.9 4.2
3/4 11 8.6 6.1
7/8 14 11 8.1
1 18 15 10
1-1/8 21 18 12
1-1/4 26 21 15
sling diameter.
40
Cable Laid Slings
MECHANICAL SPLICE/GALVANIZED
FOUR-LEG BRIDLE
ROPE DIAMETER
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

1/4 1.7 1.4 1.0
3/8 3.8 3.1 2.2
1/2 6.4 5.2 3.7
5/8 9.6 7.8 5.5
3/4 14 12 8.1
7/8 19 15 11
1 24 19 14
1-1/8 29 23 17
1-1/4 34 28 20
sling diameter.
41
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Delta Rigging and Tools Multi-Part slings are flexible, snug up tightly around the load in choker hitches, and quickly regain
shape after a lift. They also offer outstanding handling characteristics, particularly in the larger rated capacities. When
loaded, stress is equally distributed to all rope parts in the sling body due to the helical manner in which ropes are laid
together.
Braided slings are formed by continuously plaiting, or braiding, several ropes together to form the sling body and both eyes
in a single fabrication operation. Ends of individual ropes are usually hand-tucked or mechanically spliced into component
ropes of the body. Eyes are wrapped and given a rubberized coating since eyes are not braided.
Braided slings are often selected where loads must be rolled or maneuvered, since the design creates friction to grip loads
and resist rotation.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
M U LT I - PA R T B O D Y HAND SPLICE BRAIDED

BRAIDED Each sling is hand fabricated by MECHANICAL SPLICE
CONSTRUCTION laying together one or more ropes Three wire ropes are helically laid
High flexibility is achieved by in a helical manner, so component by hand to form a 3-part fabric,
braiding, or plaiting, one or more ropes run continuously through the from which sling bodies of 3 or 9
wire ropes to form a fabric for the eyes and sling body. Ends are parts may be made by helically
sling body. Component ropes run secured into component rope by laying one or three parts of fabric
continuously through body and hand-tucked splices. together. Mechanical splices form
eyes, ends are hand-tucked into the eyes that provide centerline pull
sling body or secured with pressed along the sling body. Same number
sleeves. 6-part sling is flat, 8-part of rope parts in the sling eyes as in
sling is round. the body. Each sling is proof loaded
before shipment.
4, 5 and 7-part Multi-part slings

with either mechanical or hand eye
splices are available on special order.
42
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART BODY SINGLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLINGS

3 - PA R T 3 - PA R T
HAND SPLICE MECHANICAL SPLICE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

3 - PA R T S I M P L E L E G W I R E R O P E S L I N G
RATED CAPACITY (TONS)* EYE
ROPE BASKET HITCH DIMENSIONS SLIP THRU HEAVY
DIAMETER SLING THIMBLE THIMBLE
(INCHES) DIA. VERTICAL CHOKER** 90º 60º 45º 30º A B ST HT
IPS IWRC #1/8 1/4 .42 .37 .84 .73 .59 .42 3 6 W-2 5/16
IPS IWRC 3/16 3/8 .70 .61 1.4 1.2 1.0 .70 3 6 W-2 7/16
IPS IWRC 1/4 1/2 1.2 1.1 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.2 4 8 W-3 9/16
IPS IWRC 5/16 5/8 1.9 1.7 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.9 4 8 W-4 3/4
IPS IWRC 3/8 3/4 2.8 2.4 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8 5 10 W-4 7/8
IPS IWRC 7/16 7/8 3.7 3.3 7.5 6.5 5.3 3.7 6 12 W-5 7/8
IPS IWRC 1/2 1 4.8 4.2 9.7 8.4 6.8 4.8 6 12 W-5 1
IPS IWRC 9/16 1-1/8 6.1 5.3 12 11 8.6 6.1 7.5 15 W-6 1-1/8
IPS IWRC 5/8 1-1/4 7.5 6.6 15 13 11 7.5 9 18 W-6 1-1/4
IPS IWRC 3/4 1-1/2 11 9.4 22 19 15 11 10 20 W-7 1-3/8
IPS IWRC 7/8 1-3/4 15 13 29 25 21 15 12 24 W-9 1-7/8
IPS IWRC 1 2 19 17 38 33 27 19 15 30 W-9 2
# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope.
* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component rope diameter.
** See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal sling diameter.
Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.
All capacities in tons of 2,000 lbs. All eye and fitting dimensions in inches.
43
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG CHOKERS

WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3 - PA R T T W O - L E G W I R E R O P E C H O K E R S
RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*
SLIP THRU
ROPE 2-LEG CHOKER HITCH CHOKER THIMBLE
DIAMETER SLING SINGLE LEG HOOK
(INCHES) DIA. CHOKER** 60º 45º 30º NUMBER D L W
IPS IWRC #1/8 1/4 0.5 .64 .52 .37 1/4–5/16 1/2 5 2-1/2
IPS IWRC 3/16 3/8 0.8 1.1 .87 .61 3/8 1/2 5 2-1/2
IPS IWRC 1/4 1/2 1.5 1.9 1.5 1.1 1/2 5/8 6 3
IPS IWRC 5/16 5/8 2.3 2.9 2.4 1.7 5/8 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4
IPS IWRC 3/8 3/4 3.3 4.2 3.4 2.4 3/4 1 8 4
IPS IWRC 7/16 7/8 4.4 5.7 4.6 3.3 7/8–1 1 8 4
IPS IWRC 1/2 1 5.7 7.3 6.0 4.2 7/8–1 1 8 4
IPS IWRC 9/16 1-1/8 5.0 9.2 7.5 5.3 1-1/8–1-1/4 1 8 4
IPS IWRC 5/8 1-1/4 6.1 11 9.3 6.6 1-1/8–1-1/4 1 8 4
IPS IWRC 3/4 1-1/2 8.7 16 13 9.4 1-3/8–1-1/2 1-1/2 12 4
44
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG SPREADERS

HAND SPLICE MECHANICAL SPLICE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

3 - PA R T T W O - L E G W I R E R O P E B R I D L E S
ROPE ALLOY OBLONG LINK HOOK
DIAMETER SLING RATED CAPACITY (TONS)* WLL**
(INCHES) DIA. 60º 45º 30º DIA. LENGTH WIDTH TON E R
IPS IWRC #1/8 1/4 .73 .59 .42 1/2 5 2-1/2 3/4 15/16 3-7/32
IPS IWRC 3/16 3/8 1.2 1.0 .70 1/2 5 2-1/2 1 1-1/32 3-21/32
IPS IWRC 1/4 1/2 2.1 1.7 1.2 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 2 1-7/32 4-11/16
IPS IWRC 5/16 5/8 3.3 2.7 1.9 1.0 8 4 3 1-1/2 5-3/4
IPS IWRC 3/8 3/4 4.8 3.9 2.8 1.0 8 4 5 1-7/8 7-3/8
IPS IWRC 7/16 7/8 6.5 5.3 3.7 1.0 8 4 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16
IPS IWRC 1/2 1 8.4 6.8 4.8 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16
IPS IWRC 9/16 1-1/8 11 8.6 6.1 1 8 4 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16
IPS IWRC 5/8 1-1/4 13 11 7.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16
IPS IWRC 3/4 1-1/2 19 15 11 1-1/2 12 6 10 2-1/2 10-1/16
IPS IWRC 7/8 1-3/4 25 21 15 1-3/4 12 6 15 3-3/8 12-1/2
IPS IWRC 1 2 33 27 19 2 14 7 20 4 14-1/16
# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope. LATCH KITS ARE AVAILABLE IF REQUIRED.
**WORKING LOAD LIMIT
45
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY SINGLE LEG SLINGS
F L AT B R A I D
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
6 - PA R T
ROPE WIDTH THICKNESS BASKET HITCH SLIP THRU HEAVY
DIAMETER OF OF CHOKER EYE THIMBLE THIMBLE
(INCHES) BODY BODY VERTICAL HITCH** 60º 45º 30º A B ST HT
# 3/32 7/16 1/4 0.42 0.37 0.84 0.73 0.59 0.42 2 4 W-2 1/4
# 1/8 9/16 3/8 0.84 0.74 1.7 1.5 1.2 0.84 3 6 W-2 5/16
# 3/16 13/16 1/2 1.4 1.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.4 4 8 W-3 1/2
# 1/4 1-1/8 11/16 2.5 2.2 4.9 4.3 3.5 2.5 5 10 W-4 5/8
# 5/16 1-3/8 7/8 3.8 3.4 7.7 6.7 5.4 3.8 6 12 W-4 3/4
# 3/8 1-11/16 1 5.5 4.8 11.0 9.5 7.8 5.5 7 14 W-5 7/8
7/16 2 1-3/16 7.5 6.5 15.0 13.0 11.0 7.5 8 16 W-5 1
IPS IWRC
1/2 2-1/4 1-5/16 9.7 8.5 19.0 17.0 14.0 9.7 9 18 W-6 1-1/8
9/16 2-1/2 1-1/2 12.0 11.0 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0 10 20 W-6 1-3/8
5/8 2-13/16 1-11/16 15.0 13.0 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0 11 22 W-7 1-1/2
3/4 3-3/8 2 22.0 19.0 43.0 37.0 30.0 22.0 12 24 W-8 1-5/8
7/8 4 2-5/16 29.0 25.0 58.0 50.0 41.0 29.0 14 28 W-9 2
1 4-1/2 2-11/16 38.0 33.0 75.0 65.0 53.0 38.0 16 32 W-10 –
ALL CAPACITIES IN TONS OF 2,000 LBS. ALL EYE AND FITTING DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.
46
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG CHOKERS

6 - PA R T
ROPE 2 LEG CHOKER HITCH ALLOY OBLONG LINK
DIAMETER SINGLE LEG HOOK
(INCHES) CHOKER** 60º 45º 30º D L W NO.
# 3/32 0.37 0.64 0.52 0.37 1/2 5 2-1/2 0
# 1/8 0.74 1.3 1.04 0.74 1/2 5 2-1/2 1
# 3/16 1.2 2.1 1.7 1.2 1/2 5 2-1/2 2
# 1/4 2.2 3.7 3.1 2.2 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 4
IPS IWRC # 5/16 3.4 5.8 4.8 3.4 1 8 4 5
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

# 3/8 4.8 8.4 6.8 4.8 1 8 4 6
7/16 6.5 11.0 9.2 6.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7
1/2 8.5 15.0 12.0 8.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 8
9/16 11.0 18.0 15.0 11.0 1-1/2 12 6 8
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG SPREADERS

6 - PA R T
ROPE ALLOY OBLONG LINK HOOK
DIAMETER WWL
(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º D L W TONS** E R
# 3/32 0.73 0.59 0.42 1/2 5 2-1/2 3/4 15/16 3-7/32
# 1/8 1.5 1.2 0.84 1/2 5 2-1/2 1 1-1/32 3-21/32
# 3/16 2.4 2.0 1.4 5/8 6 3 1-1/2 1-1/16 4-3/32
LEN
# 1/4 4.3 3.5 2.5 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 3 1-1/2 5-3/4

GTH
# 5/16 6.7 5.4 3.8 1 8 4 5 1-7/8 7-3/8

IPS IWRC
# 3/8 9.5 7.8 5.5 1 8 4 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

7/16 13.0 11.0 7.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16
1/2 17.0 14.0 9.7 1-1/2 12 6 10 2-1/4 10-1/16
9/16 21.0 17.0 12.0 1-1/2 12 6 15 3-3/8 12-1/2
5/8 26.0 21.0 15.0 1-3/4 12 6 20 4 14-1/16
3/4 37.0 30.0 22.0 2 14 7 25 4-1/4 18-5/16
7/8 50.0 41.0 29.0 2-1/4 16 8 AH-37 4-1/4 18-3/16
LATCH KITS ARE AVAILABLE IF REQUIRED.

* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component
rope diameter.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less
than the nominal sling diameter.
47
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY SINGLE LEG SLINGS
ROUND BRAID
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
8 - PA R T
ROPE SLING BASKET HITCH SLIP THRU HEAVY
DIAMETER DIAMETER CHOKER EYE THIMBLE THIMBLE
(INCHES) (INCHES) VERTICAL HITCH** 60º 45º 30º A B ST HT
# 3/32 7/16 .56 0.49 1.1 0.97 0.79 0.56 2 4 W-2 5/16
# 1/8 9/16 1.1 1.0 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.1 3 6 W-2 3/8
# 3/16 13/16 1.9 1.6 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 4 8 W-3 1/2
# 1/4 1-1/8 3.3 2.9 6.6 5.7 4.7 3.3 5 10 W-4 3/4
# 5/16 1-3/8 5.1 4.5 10.0 8.9 7.3 5.1 6 12 W-5 1
# 3/8 1-11/16 7.3 6.4 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.3 7 14 W-5 1-1/8
7/16 2 10.0 8.7 20.0 17.0 14.0 10.0 8 16 W-6 1-1/4
IPS IWRC
1/2 2-1/4 13.0 11.0 26.0 22.0 18.0 13.0 9 18 W-7 1-3/8
9/16 2-1/2 16.0 14.0 32.0 28.0 23.0 16.0 10 20 W-7 1-1/2
5/8 2-13/16 20.0 18.0 40.0 35.0 28.0 20.0 11 22 W-8 1-3/4
3/4 3-3/8 29.0 25.0 57.0 50.0 41.0 29.0 12 24 W-9 2
7/8 4 39.0 34.0 78.0 67.0 55.0 39.0 14 28 W-10 –
1 4-1/2 50.0 44.0 101.0 87.0 71.0 50.0 16 32 W-10 –
48
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG CHOKERS

D T- 8 P 2
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

8 - PA R T
RATED CAPACITY (TONS)* ALLOY
ROPE SINGLE 2 LEG CHOKER HITCH OBLONG LINK
DIAMETER LEG HOOK
(INCHES) CHOKER** 60º 45º 30º D L W NO.
# 3/32 0.49 0.85 0.69 0.49 1/2 5 2-1/2 0
# 1/8 0.98 1.7 1.4 0.98 1/2 5 2-1/2 1
# 3/16 1.6 2.8 2.3 1.6 3/4 6 3 2
# 1/4 2.9 5.0 4.1 2.9 1 8 4 4
IPS IWRC
# 5/16 4.5 7.8 6.3 4.5 1 8 4 5

# 3/8 6.4 11.0 9.1 6.4 1-1/4 8 4 6
7/16 8.7 15.0 12.0 8.7 1-1/2 12 6 7
1/2 11.0 20.0 16.0 11.0 1-1/2 12 6 8
49
Wire Rope Slings
BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG SPREADERS
LEN
GTH
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
8 - PA R T
RATED CAPACITY (TONS)* ALLOY
ROPE OBLONG LINK HOOK
DIAMETER WWL
(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º D L W TONS** E R
# 3/32 0.97 0.79 0.56 1/2 5 2-1/2 3/4 15/16 3-7/32
# 1/8 1.9 1.6 1.1 1/2 5 2-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/16 4-3/32
# 3/16 3.2 2.6 1.9 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 3 1-1/2 5-3/4
# 1/4 5.7 4.7 3.3 1 8 4 5 1-7/8 7-3/8
# 5/16 8.9 7.3 5.1 1 8 4 AH-7 1-7/8 7-3/8
# 3/8 13.0 10.0 7.3 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 10 2-1/2 10-1/16
IPS IWRC
7/16 17.0 14.0 10.0 1-1/2 12 4-3/8 15 3-3/8 12-1/2

1/2 22.0 18.0 13.0 1-3/4 12 6 15 3-3/8 12-1/2
9/16 28.0 23.0 16.0 2 14 6 20 4 14-1/16
5/8 35.0 28.0 20.0 2 14 7 25 4-1/4 18-5/16
3/4 50.0 41.0 29.0 2-1/4 16 8 AH-37 4-1/4 18-15/16
# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope. LATCH KITS ARE AVAILABLE IF REQUIRED.
* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component
rope diameter.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less
than the nominal sling diameter.
50
Wire Rope Slings
MULTI-PART BODY SINGLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLINGS
MECHANICAL SPLICE
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

9 - PA R T
ROPE BASKET HITCH EYE DIMENSIONS SLIP THRU HEAVY
DIAMETER CHOKER THIMBLE THIMBLE
(INCHES) VERTICAL HITCH** 60º 45º 30º A B ST HT
# 1/4 3.7 3.2 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7 3 6 W-2 1/4
# 3/8 8.3 7.2 17 14 12 8.3 3 6 W-2 3/8
1/2 14 13 29 25 20 14 4 8 W-3 1/2
5/8 23 20 45 39 32 23 5 10 W-4 5/8
3/4 32 28 65 56 46 32 6 12 W-4 3/4
7/8 44 38 87 76 62 44 6-1/2 13 W-5 7/8
1 57 50 113 98 80 57 7 14 W-5 1
1-1/4 87 77 175 151 124 87 8 16 W-6 1-1/4
1-1/2 125 109 249 216 176 125 9 18 W-7 1-1/2
1-3/4 168 147 335 290 237 168 10 20 W-8 1-3/4
2 217 190 433 375 306 217 12 24 W-9 2
51
Wire Rope Slings
GROMMETS/STRAND LAID/MECHANICAL SPLICE

EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
6 x 19 or 6 X 37 classification IWRC
Rated capacities in tons
LENGTH
ROPE DIAMETER VERTICAL

(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET 60º 45º 30º
1/4 1.1 .74 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.1
5/16 1.6 1.2 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.6
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3/8 2.4 1.6 4.7 4.1 3.3 2.4

7/16 3.2 2.2 6.4 5.5 4.5 3.2
1/2 4.1 2.9 8.3 7.2 5.9 4.1
9/16 5.2 3.7 10 9.1 7.4 5.2
5/8 6.4 4.5 13 11 9.1 6.4
3/4 9.2 6.4 18 16 13 9.2
7/8 12 8.7 25 22 18 12
1 16 11 32 28 23 16
1-1/8 20 14 41 35 29 20
1-1/4 25 17 50 43 35 25
1-3/8 30 21 60 52 42 30
1-1/2 36 25 71 62 50 36
1-5/8 41 29 82 71 58 41
1-3/4 48 33 95 83 68 48
1-7/8 54 38 109 94 77 54
2 62 43 124 107 87 62
2-1/8 69 48 138 119 98 69
2-1/4 77 54 154 133 109 77
2-3/8 85 60 171 148 121 85
2-1/2 94 66 188 163 133 94
2-5/8 103 72 207 179 146 103
2-3/4 113 79 225 195 159 113
2-7/8 122 86 245 212 173 122
3 133 93 265 230 188 133
LENGTH Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 5 where "d" = diameter
of the finished grommet.
Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no smaller than 5 times the body
diameter.
Note: Min. length is 96 times the rope diameter.
52
Wire Rope Slings
CUSTOM SOCKET ASSEMBLIES

Wire Rope assemblies with fittings permanently attached at ends are custom fabricated for use as boom pendants,
guylines, raising lines, backstays, lifting spreaders, etc. These are offered in both poured, or spelter, sockets and
mechanically swaged sockets. A Design Factor of five is applied in establishing Rated Capacities shown.
E P O X Y C O M P O U N D S P E LT E R S O C K E T
ROPE
Epoxy compound is standard as the bonding medium DIAMETER VERTICAL
surrounding wires inside the socket. Steel forgings are used for (INCHES) VERTICAL BASKET
rope sizes 1/2" through 1-1/2", and cast steel fittings for larger 1/2 2.7 4.9
sizes. Larger than 4" available on special order. Assembly length 9/16 3.4 6.2
is measured from centerline of pin for open sockets and bearing 5/8 4.1 7.6
point for closed sockets. 3/4 5.9 11
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

7/8 8 15
1 10 19
1-1/8 13 24
OS-OS 1-1/4 16 30
Same Plane 1-3/8 19 36
1-1/2 23 42
1-5/8 26 49
Opposite Plane
1-3/4 31 57
1-7/8 35 64
CS-CS 2 40 73
Same Plane 2-1/8 44 82
2-1/4 49 91
Opposite Plane 2-3/8 55 101
2-1/2 60 112
2-5/8 66 122
OS-CS
2-3/4 72 134
Same Plane
2-7/8 78 145
3 85 157
Opposite Plane 3-1/8 92 169
3-1/4 98 182
3-3/8 106 196
LENGTH
3-1/2 113 209
53
Wire Rope Slings
CUSTOM SOCKET ASSEMBLIES

Indicate choice of end fittings on purchase orders by the suffixes “OS” or “CS” after the stock number, for open or closed
type fittings. Pins and cotters are supplied as standard on open fittings, but assemblies may be specified without pins.
Fittings will be assembled in the same plane unless specified otherwise on the order.
S WA G E D S O C K E T RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*
ROPE 6 X 19 & 6 X 37
In mechanically swaged fittings, high pressure presses and IWRC
DIAMETER
precision dies cause metal of the socket to flow around wires (INCHES) XIP
and strands to offer the ultimate in compactness and
1/4 .69
strength with minimum weight. Material is weldless, drop-
forged steel. Normally, only regular lay rope is used. Swaged 5/16 1.05
assemblies are interchangeable with poured sockets up 3/8 1.5
through 2" rope diameters. Assembly length is measured
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
7/16 2.04
from centerline of pins for both open and closed sockets. 1/2 2.66
9/16 3.36
OS-OS 5/8 4.12

Same Plane 3/4 5.88
7/8 7.96
Opposite Plane
1 10.34
1-1/8 13.0
CS-CS
Same Plane 1-1/4 15.98
Opposite Plane 1-3/8 19.2

1-1/2 22.8
OS-CS 1-3/4 30.6
Same Plane
2 39.6
2-1/4 49.4
Opposite Plane
2-1/2 60.4
LENGTH
54
Wire Rope Slings
TUFFY TRI-BRAID SLINGS

TUFF AND FLEXIBLE SLINGS, FOR YOUR TOUGHEST, MOST DEMANDING LOADS
Unmatched Flexibility
The unique 3x3 strand design of all Tuffy tri-braid slings consists of a patented
machine-braided wire fabric with interlaced construction, resulting in flexibility
and abrasion resistance far superior to standard rope strands. Made of industrial-
grade steel and constructed with the highest quality standards, only Tuffy slings
possess the perfect balance of strength, flexibility and durability.
Longer Service Life
Because machine braiding produces proper balancing of all parts, the outcome is
a highly efficient sling with a much longer service life. Even if one of the braided
parts is cut or broken, there is no stranding. Durable and reliable, Tuffy tri-braid
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

slings perform to unprecedented standards, keeping working environments more
productive and effective.
Quicker and Easier Loading
Workers now have an easy-to-handle tool that significantly eases and speeds the
hitching and unhitching process. Tuffy's flexibility enables greater sling control,
and the unique construction yields a safer, more secure sling, significantly less
prone to dangerous recoils and breakage.
Complete Knot and Kink Resistance
Tuffy Tri-braid slings are virtually impervious to kinking and knotting due to the
machine-braided and interlaced construction. Nothing short of a vice can leave a
mark on a Tuffy sling, and even then the ridge simply straightens out with no
material damage. Where a standard sling's strength can be canceled out if
stiffness imposes abnormal fatigue which saps the sling's endurance, the
flexibility and balance built into every tri-braid sling renders this issue obsolete.
55
Wire Rope Slings
T- 1 T R I - B R A I D S L I N G – S I N G L E P LY
Standard Eye/Eye Sling – Single Leg
Application: General purpose sling for straight or basket hitches.

ROPE EYE WLL VERTICAL BASKET BASKET BASKET
DIAMETER SIZE VERTICAL BASKET 60° 45° 30°
(INCHES) (INCHES) TONS TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 0.45 0.9 0.78 0.64 0.45
3/8 3x6 0.95 1.9 1.6 1.3 0.95
1/2 4x8 1.7 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7
5/8 5x10 2.6 5.2 4.5 3.7 2.6
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3/4 6x12 3.7 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7

7/8 6.5x13 5 10 8.7 7.1 5
1 7x14 6.3 13 11 8.9 6.3
1-1/4 8x16 9 18 16 13 9
1-1/2 9x18 12 24 21 17 12
1-3/4 10x20 15 30 26 21 15
2 12x24 20 40 35 28 20
Single Leg - With Sliding Choker Hook and Thimble Bottom
Application: Pipe, bundles, bars, castings, lumber - any type of load that can utilize a choker hook.

ROPE EYE GALV. SLIDING VERTICAL
DIAMETER SIZE THIMBLE CHOKER HOOK CHOKER
(INCHES) (INCHES) (1 EA.) (INCHES) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS
1/4 3x6 1/4 1/4 0.34
3/8 3x6 3/8 3/8 0.71
1/2 4x8 1/2 1/2 1.3
5/8 5x10 5/8 5/8 2.0
3/4 6x12 3/4 3/4 2.8
7/8 6.5x13 7/8 7/8 3.8
1 7x14 1 1 4.7
1-1/4 8x16 1-1/4 1-1/4 6.8
1-1/2 9x18 1-1/2 1-1/2 9.0
56
Wire Rope Slings
T- 3 D T R I - B R A I D S L I N G – D O U B L E P LY
Single Leg - Two Parts (2 ply) Spliced Together Side-by-Side
Application: When higher capacity are needed (2 ply) such as for locomotives, generators, pressure vessels, etc.

ROPE EYE WLL WLL WLL
DIAMETER SIZE VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET
(INCHES) (INCHES) TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 0.90 0.68 1.80
3/8 4x8 1.90 1.4 3.8
1/2 5x10 3.4 2.6 6.8
5/8 6x12 4.7 3.5 9.4
3/4 7x14 6.7 5.0 13.0
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

7/8 8x16 9.0 6.8 18.0
1 8x16 11.0 8.5 23.0
1-1/4 9x18 16.0 12.0 32.0
1-1/2 10x20 22.0 17.0 43.0
1-3/4 11x22 27.0 20.0 54.0
Single Leg - Top eye 2-parts Spliced Together with Double Ply Body with Sliding Choker Hook and Thimble Bottom
Application: When higher capacity are needed. More flexibility is provided for choking smaller diameter loads.

ROPE EYE SLIDING GALVANIZED WLL
DIAMETER SIZE CHOKER HOOK THIMBLE CHOKER
(INCHES) (INCHES) (1 EA.) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS
1/4 3x6 3/8" 1/4 0.68
3/8 4x8 #2 3/8 1.4
1/2 5x10 #4 1/2 2.6
5/8 6x12 #5 5/8 3.5
3/4 7x14 #5 3/4 5.0
7/8 8x16 #6 7/8 6.8
1 8x16 #7 1 8.5
1-1/4 9x18 #8 1-1/4 12.0
57
Wire Rope Slings
T- 5 T R I - B R A I D S L I N G – D O U B L E P LY
Single Leg - 2 Side-by-Side Parts with Crescent Thimble in Bottom Loop
Application: Gives move stability than single part for handling such loads as tanks, coils, castings, barrels and boxes.

ROPE EYE CRESCENT WLL
DIAMETER SIZE THIMBLE CHOKER
(INCHES) (INCHES) (1 EA.) TONS
1/4 3x6 6C 0.68
3/8 4x8 6C 1.4
1/2 5x10 8C 2.6
5/8 6x12 9C 3.9
3/4 7x14 10C 5.6
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
7/8 8x16 14C 7.5

1 8x16 16C 9.5
1-1/4 9x18 20C 14.0
2-Leg Bridle Sling with Equalizing Thimble Top and Hooks Bottom
Application: For oddly shaped loads - high one end, low other - legs adjust and equalize.

ROPE EYE EQUALIZING ALLOY WLL WLL WLL WLL
DIAMETER SIZE THIMBLE EYE HOOK VERTICAL 60° 45° 30°
(INCHES) (INCHES) (1 EA.) (2 EA.) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 3E 1 Ton 0.9 0.78 0.64 0.45
3/8 3x6 3E 1.5 Ton 1.9 1.6 1.3 0.95
1/2 4x8 4E 3 Ton 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7
5/8 5x10 6E 5 Ton 5.2 4.5 3.7 2.6
3/4 6x12 6E 5 Ton 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7
7/8 6.5x13 8E 7 Ton 10.0 8.7 7.1 5.0
1 7x14 8E 11 Ton 13.0 11.0 8.9 6.3
1-1/4 8x16 10E 15 Ton 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0
1-1/2 9x18 12E 15 Ton 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0
1-3/4 10x20 14E 22 Ton 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0
2 12x24 16E 30 Ton 40.0 35.0 28.0 20.0
58
Wire Rope Slings
2-Leg Bridle Sling - Double Ply with Link Top and Hooks with Thimbles Bottom
Application: When higher capacities are needed.

ROPE EYE GALVANIZED MASTERLINK(O) ALLOY WLL WLL WLL WLL
DIAMETER SIZE THIMBLE OR PEARLINK(P) EYE HOOK VERTICAL 60° 45° 30°
(INCHES) (IN.) (2 EA.) (IN.) (1 EA.) (INCHES) (2 EA.) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 1/4 5/8 P 1.5 Ton 1.8 1.60 1.30 0.90
3/8 4x8 3/8 7/8 P 3 Ton 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.90
1/2 5x10 1/2 1-1/4 P 5 Ton 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4
5/8 6x12 5/8 1-1/4 O 7 Ton 9.4 8.1 6.6 4.7
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

3/4 7x14 3/4 1-1/2 O 11 Ton 13.0 12.0 9.4 6.7
7/8 8x16 7/8 1-3/4 O 15 Ton 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0
1 8x16 1 1-3/4 O 15 Ton 23.0 20.0 16.0 11.0
1-1/4 9x18 1-1/4 2-1/8 O 30 Ton 32.0 28.0 23.0 16.0
1-1/2 10x20 1-1/2 2-1/2 O 37 Ton 43.0 37.0 31.0 22.0
1-3/4 11x22 1-3/4 2-3/4 O 45 Ton 54.0 47.0 38.0 27.0
2-Leg Bridle Sling with Link Top and Sliding Choker Hooks with Thimbles Bottom
Application: Helps eliminate load rotation and is better suited for handling pipe, bars, timber, tanks, castings and other
loads which run in long lengths.

GALVANIZED MASTERLINK(O) SLIDING
ROPE EYE THIMBLE OR PEARLINK(P) CHOKER WLL WLL WLL WLL
DIAMETER SIZE (2 EA.) (1 EA.) HK (2EA.) VERTICAL 60° 45° 30°
(INCHES) (IN.) (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 1/4 1/2 P 1/4 0.68 0.58 0.48 0.34
3/8 3x6 3/8 1/2 P 3/8 1.40 1.2 1.0 0.71
1/2 4x8 1/2 3/4 P 1/2 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.3
5/8 5x10 5/8 7/8 P 5/8 3.9 3.4 2.8 2.0
3/4 6x12 3/4 1-1/4 P 3/4 5.6 4.8 3.9 2.8
7/8 6.5x13 7/8 1-1/4 P 7/8 7.5 6.5 5.3 3.8
1 7x14 1 1-1/4 O 1 9.5 8.2 6.7 4.7
1-1/4 8x16 1-1/4 1-1/2 O 1-1/4 14.0 12.0 9.5 6.8
1-1/2 9x18 1-1/2 1-3/4 O 1-1/2 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0
59
Wire Rope Slings
2-Leg Double Loop Bridle Sling – Link Top and No Hooks
Application: Well suited for handling sheet steel, bar stock, lumber, structural shapes, flasks and castings.

ROPE EYE MASTERLINK(O) WLL WLL WLL WLL
DIAMETER SIZE OR PEARLINK(P) VERTICAL 60° 45° 30°
(INCHES) (INCHES) (1 EA.)(INCHES) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 5/8 P 1.8 1.6 1.3 0.9
3/8 3x6 7/8 P 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.9
1/2 4x8 1-1/4 P 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4
5/8 5x10 1-3/8 O 10.0 9.0 7.4 5.2
3/4 6x12 1-1/2 O 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.4
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
7/8 6.5x13 1-3/4 O 20.0 17.0 14.0 10.0

1 7x14 1-7/8 O 25.0 22.0 18.0 13.0
1-1/4 8x16 2-1/4 O 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0
1-1/2 9x18 2-1/2 O 48.0 42.0 34.0 24.0
1-3/4 10x20 2-3/4 O 60.0 52.0 42.0 30.0
2 12x24 3-1/4 O 80.0 69.0 57.0 40.0
T- 1 2 T R I - B R A I D S L I N G – S I N G L E P LY
Standard 2-Leg Bridle Sling – Link Top/Hooks Bottom
Application: Lifting machinery, castings, motors and aircraft assemblies.

ROPE EYE ALLOY MASTERLINK(O) WLL WLL WLL WLL
DIAMETER SIZE EYE HOOK OR PEARLINK(P) VERTICAL 60° 45° 30°
(INCHES) (INCHES) (2 EA.)(IN.) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 1 Ton 1/2 P 0.90 0.78 0.64 0.45
3/8 3x6 1.5 Ton 5/8 P 1.90 1.6 1.3 0.95
1/2 4x8 3 Ton 7/8 P 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7
5/8 5x10 5 Ton 1P 5.2 4.5 3.7 2.6
3/4 6x12 5 Ton 1-1/4 P 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7
7/8 6.5x13 7 Ton 1-1/4 O 10.0 8.7 7.1 5.0
1 7x14 11 Ton 1-1/2 O 13.0 11.0 8.9 6.3
1-1/4 8x16 15 Ton 1-3/4 O 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0
1-1/2 9x18 15 Ton 1-7/8 O 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0
1-3/4 10x20 22 Ton 2O 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0
2 12x24 30 Ton 2-1/2 O 40.0 35.0 28.0 20.0
60
Wire Rope Slings
Application: Lifting dies, castings and assemblies which must be placed carefully, sometimes in difficult locations.

(INCHES) (INCHES) (3 EA.) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 1 Ton 5/8 P 1.40 1.20 0.95 0.68
3/8 3x6 1.5 Ton 3/4 P 2.90 2.5 2.0 1.40
1/2 4x8 3 Ton 1P 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.6
5/8 5x10 5 Ton 1-1/4 P 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9
3/4 6x12 5 Ton 1-1/4 O 11.0 9.6 7.8 5.6
WIRE ROPE SLINGS

7/8 6.5x13 7 Ton 1-1/2 O 15.0 13.0 11.0 7.5
1 7x14 11 Ton 1-3/4 O 19.0 16.0 13.0 9.5
1-1/4 8x16 15 Ton 1-7/8 O 27.0 23.0 19.0 14.0
1-1/2 9x18 15 Ton 2-1/4 O 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0
1-3/4 10x20 22 Ton 2-1/2 O 45.0 39.0 32.0 23.0
2 12x24 30 Ton 2-3/4 O 60.0 52.0 42.0 30.0
Application: Use when extra stamina is needed for heavy, bulky loads such as ship sections, planer beds, founders molds,
pressure vessels, etc.

(INCHES) (INCHES) (4 EA.) (1 EA.) (INCHES) TONS TONS TONS TONS
1/4 3x6 1 Ton 5/8 P 1.80 1.60 1.30 0.90
3/8 3x6 1.5 Ton 7/8 P 3.80 3.3 2.7 1.90
1/2 4x8 3 Ton 1-1/4 P 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4
5/8 5x10 5 Ton 1-3/8 O 10.0 9.0 7.4 5.2
3/4 6x12 5 Ton 1-1/2 O 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.4
7/8 6.5x13 7 Ton 1-3/4 O 20.0 17.0 14.0 10.0
1 7x14 11 Ton 1-7/8 O 25.0 22.0 18.0 13.0
1-1/4 8x16 15 Ton 2-1/4 O 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0
1-1/2 9x18 15 Ton 2-1/2 O 48.0 42.0 34.0 24.0
1-3/4 10x20 22 Ton 2-3/4 O 60.0 52.0 42.0 30.0
2 12x24 30 Ton 3-1/4 O 80.0 69.0 57.0 40.0
61
Chain Sling Use

R E C O M M E N D AT I O N S F O R C H A I N It is strongly recommended that chain slings showing faults
SLING USE by the above inspection method be immediately removed
The proper selection, application, care and inspection of from service and returned to manufacturer for repair.
chain slings used in moving material by hoisting can Delta Rigging and Tools offers chain sling inspection
produce efficient and economical handling operations with service performed by our own qualified inspectors.
minimum hazard to persons and property.
HOW TO ORDER
R E C O M M E N D AT I O N S The following information should be given on orders
1. Know your sling manufacturer. Delta Wire Rope, Inc. will or inquiries for certified chain slings.
ensure that chain slings supplied to you are in compliance
with OSHA regulations covering industrial slings. 1. SIZE: This is specified by the size of the material from
CHAIN SLINGS
2. Know your load – determine the weight, center of gravity, which the chain is made, determined by working load
angle of lift and select the proper size and type of sling. limit required.
3. Never overload the sling – check the working load limit 2. REACH: This is the length, including attachments,
on the identification tag. measured from bearing point to bearing point.
4. Visually examine chain before each use for gouged, 3. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from list
bent or damaged links or components. shown below.
5. Do not point load hooks – load should bear on bowl of hook. EXAMPLES: S – Single O – Oblong Link S – Sling Hook
6. Make sure chain is not twisted, knotted or kinked 4. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified, standard
before lifting load. master links and hooks as given herein will be used.
When other than standard master links or hooks are
7. Protect chain by padding when lifting sharp-edged loads.
required, we should be given a complete description or a
8. Do lift and lower loads smoothly. Do not jerk.
drawing of the requested substitute.
9. Protect chain against corrosion during storage.
10. Store chain properly on A-frame. TYPES OF REGISTERED CHAIN SLINGS
INSPECTION
Attachments
Type One End Opposite End
1. Schedule periodic link-by-link inspection of chain Single Chain Slings
slings, based on frequency of sling use, severity of SOS Oblong Link Sling Hook
service conditions, nature of lifts being made and SOG Oblong Link Grab Hook
experience gained on service life of slings used in SGS Grab Hook Sling Hook
similar circumstances. SGG Grab Hook Grab Hook
2. Clean chain prior to inspection, to make damage or SSS Sling Hook Sling Hook
defects more easily seen. SOF Oblong Link Foundry Hook
3. Hang chain vertically, if practical, for preliminary SOO Oblong Link Oblong Link
inspection. Measure reach accurately (bearing point of Double Chain Slings
master link to bearing point of hook). Check this length DOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks
against reach shown on tag. DOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks
4. Inspect link by link, where the following should be DOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks
looked for: Triple Chain Slings
a. Bent, gouged, nicked, worn or elongated links. TOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks
b. Cracks, scoring or marking tending to weaken links. TOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks
Transverse markings are the most dangerous. TOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks
c. Severe corrosion. Quadruple Chain Slings
d. Excessive wear – Slings with links having wear QOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks
should be removed from service. QOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks
QOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks
5. Check master links and hooks for all of the above
faults – hooks especially for excessive throat opening.
62
Chain Slings
GRADE 80/100 CHAIN SLINGS/SPECIFICATIONS

SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS
CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 80 SINGLE GRADE 100 SINGLE
CHAIN SLINGS CHAIN SLINGS
CHAIN WORKING CHAIN WORKING
SIZE LOAD LIMITS SIZE LOAD LIMITS
(INCHES) (LBS)* (INCHES) (LBS)*
7/32 2,500 7/32 (6mm) 3,200
1/4 (9/32) 3,500 1/4 (9/32) 4,300
5/16 4,500 5/16 5,700
3/8 7,100 3/8 8,800
1/2 12,000 1/2 15,000
5/8 18,100 5/8 22,600
3/4 28,300 3/4 35,300
7/8 34,200 7/8 42,700
1 47,700 1 59,700
1-1/4 72,300 1-1/4 90,400
* CAUTION: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1. This Working Load should NOT be exceeded.
For choker hitch with minimum of 120 degrees angle of choke, WLL must be reduced by 20%, except when using the Crosby A-1338 Cradle Grab Hook.
63
Chain Slings

DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS
TYPE DOS TYPE DOG TYPE DOF TYPE DOS TYPE DOG
CLEVLOK CLEVLOK FOUNDRY SLING HOOK GRAB HOOK
SLING HOOK GRAB HOOK HOOK
CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 80 DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS GRADE 100 DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS

CHAIN SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)* CHAIN SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)*
(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º (INCHES) 60º 45º 30º
7/32 3,600 3,000 2,500 7/32 (6mm) 5,500 4,500 3,200
9/32 6,100 4,900 3,500 9/32 7,400 6,100 4,300
5/16 7,800 6,400 4,500 5/16 9,900 8,100 5,700
3/8 12,300 10,000 7,100 3/8 15,200 12,400 8,800
1/2 20,800 17,000 12,000 1/2 26,000 21,200 15,000
5/8 31,300 25,600 18,100 5/8 39,100 32,000 22,600
3/4 49,000 40,000 28,300 3/4 61,100 49,900 35,300
7/8 59,200 48,400 34,200 7/8 74,000 60,400 42,700
1 82,600 67,400 47,700 1 103,400 84,400 59,700
1-1/4 125,200 102,200 72,300 1-1/4 156,600 127,800 90,400
64
Chain Slings

TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLINGS
TYPE SOG TYPE SOG TYPE SOS TYPE SOF TYPE SOS TYPE SOL
GRAB HOOK CLEVLOK CLEVLOK FOUNDRY SLING HOOK LATCHLOK
GRAB HOOK SLING HOOK HOOK HOOK
CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 80 TRIPLE/QUAD CHAIN GRADE 100 TRIPLE/QUAD CHAIN
SLINGS SLINGS
CHAIN SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)* CHAIN SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)*
(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º (INCHES) 60º 45º 30º
7/32 6,500 5,300 3,750 7/32 (6mm) 8,300 6,800 4.800
9/32 9,100 7,400 5,200 9/32 11,200 9,100 6,400
5/16 11,700 9,500 6,800 5/16 14,800 12,100 8,500
3/8 18,400 15,100 10,600 3/8 22,900 18,700 13,200
1/2 31,200 25,500 18,000 1/2 39,000 31,800 22,500
5/8 47,000 38,400 27,100 5/8 58,700 47,900 33,900
3/4 73,500 60,000 42,400 3/4 91,700 74,900 52,950
7/8 88,900 72,500 51,300 7/8 110,900 90,600 64,000
1 123,900 101,200 71,500 1 155,100 126,000 89,550
1-1/4 187,800 153,400 108,400 1-1/4 234,900 191,700 135,600
65
Grab Hooks
GRADE 100 CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS

A - 1 3 3 8 F E AT U R E S
• Forged Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.
• Innovative cradle design allows for 100% efficiency of Grade 100 chain.
• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit with
certification.
• The use of A-1338 Cradle Grab Hook will allow 100 percent of the chain
sling capacity. When used to hook back to chain leg to form a choker, the
angle of the choke must be 120 degrees or greater. When used as a chain
shortener, minimize twist of chain and ensure chain is fully engaged in
hook.
• Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability,
along with the size and the name Crosby & U.S.A. in raised letters.
CHAIN SLINGS
• Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain in overhead lifting
applications as long as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling
assembly or as an individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.
• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles.
• "Look for the Platinum Color - Crosby Grade 100 Alloy Products."
WORKING WEIGHT
CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH DIMENSIONS (INCH)
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A B C D E F
1/4 4,300 1.10 1.72 2.54 2.20 3.88 1.50 .88
5/16 5,700 1.10 1.72 2.54 2.18 3.88 1.50 .88
3/8 8,800 1.80 1.85 3.09 2.58 4.69 1.83 1.09
1/2 15,000 3.70 2.39 3.83 3.28 5.88 2.25 1.42
5/8 22,600 6.70 2.67 4.52 3.85 7.03 2.94 1.75
* CAUTION: Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
66
Grab Hooks
GRADE 100 CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS

A - 1 3 5 8 F E AT U R E S
certification.
• Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain in overhead lifting
CHAIN SLINGS
WORKING WEIGHT
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A B C D F
1/4 4,300 1.00 1.72 2.54 2.20 3.88 .88
5/16 5,700 1.00 1.72 2.54 2.18 3.88 .88
3/8 8,800 1.70 1.85 3.09 2.58 4.69 1.09
1/2 15,000 3.40 2.39 3.83 3.28 5.88 1.42
5/8 22,600 6.10 2.67 4.52 3.85 7.03 1.75
A - 1 3 5 9 F E AT U R E S
certification.
• Suitable for use with Grade 100 chain in overhead lifting
WORKING WEIGHT
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A C D F G K N
1/4 4,300 2.0 6.26 4.39 4.81 2.50 1.13 .88 1.56
5/16 5,700 2.1 6.26 4.37 4.81 2.50 1.13 .88 1.56
3/8 8,800 4.3 7.76 5.54 5.81 3.00 1.38 1.30 1.88
1/2 15,000 7.5 9.38 6.67 6.88 3.50 1.63 1.50 2.25
5/8 22,600 13.4 11.25 7.68 8.17 4.00 2.19 1.75 2.53
67
Sling Hooks
GRADE 100 CLEVIS HOOKS

A - 1 3 3 9 F E AT U R E S
certification.
• Hoist hooks incorporate two types of strategically placed markings forged
into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK® features : Deformation
Indicators and Angle Indicators.
• New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the world standard for lifting.
• Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.
• High cycle, long life spring.
CHAIN SLINGS
• When secured with the proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip of
hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel lifting.
• Suitable for use with Grade 100 chain in overhead lifting applications as long
as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling assembly or as an
individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.
WORKING HOOK WEIGHT

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT ID EACH DIMENSIONS (INCH)
(INCHES) (LBS.)* CODE (LBS.) D G J L M R AA
1/4 4,300 HA 1.60 3.86 1.03 1.19 5.67 .75 3.97 2.00
5/16 5,700 HA 1.60 3.86 1.03 1.19 5.67 .75 3.97 2.00
3/8 8,800 IA 2.50 4.38 1.19 1.53 6.75 .94 4.71 2.50
1/2 15,000 JA 5.50 5.60 1.44 1.78 8.38 1.17 5.89 3.00
5/8 22,600 KA 9.60 6.76 1.88 2.41 10.21 1.44 6.97 4.00
68
Chain
CHAIN
Alloy steel chain is the strongest chain produced, and is
the only grade recommended for overhead lifting.
GRADE 100 ALLOY STEEL CHAIN

• Alloy steel
• Heat treated
• 25% stronger than Grade 80 Alloy Chain
• Permanently embossed with CG (Crosby Group) and 10 (Grade)
• Finish – Self-Colored
SPECTRUM 10® ALLOY CHAIN
CHAIN SLINGS
Recommended for overhead lifting applications.
FEET MATERIAL WORKING MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM WEIGHT PER

CHAIN SIZE PER SIZE LOAD LIMIT INSIDE INSIDE LENGTH 100 100 FT.
IN. (MM) DRUM (IN.) (LBS.)* LENGTH (IN.) WIDTH (IN.) LINKS (IN.) (LBS.)
9/32 or 1/4 (7mm) 500 .276 4,300 .90 .34 90 75

5/16 (8mm) 500 .343 5,700 1.00 .48 100 113
3/8 (10mm) 500 .394 8,800 1.25 .49 125 148
1/2 (13mm) 300 .512 15,000 1.64 .64 164 249
5/8 (16mm) 200 .630 22,600 2.02 .79 202 378
* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
GRADE 80 ALLOY STEEL CHAIN

• Alloy steel
• Heat treated
Recommended for overhead lifting applications.
FEET MATERIAL WORKING MAXIMUM MINIMUM MAXIMUM WEIGHT PER

CHAIN SIZE PER SIZE LOAD LIMIT INSIDE INSIDE LENGTH 100 100 FT.
(INCHES) DRUM (IN.) (LBS.)* LENGTH (IN.) WIDTH (IN.) LINKS (IN.) (LBS.)
9/32 (1/4) 500 .276 3,500 .90 .34 90 72

5/16 500 .343 4,500 1.00 .48 100 114
3/8 500 .394 7,100 1.25 .49 125 148
1/2 300 .512 12,000 1.64 .64 164 243
5/8 200 .630 18,100 2.02 .79 202 351
3/4 100 .787 28,300 2.52 .98 252 584
7/8 100 .866 34,200 2.77 1.08 277 705
* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
69
Chain
CHAIN
GRADE 70 TRANSPORT CHAIN
• High Tensile Carbon Steel
• Minimum Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit
• Standard container – fiber drum.
SPECTRUM 7® HIGH TENSILE TRANSPORT

CHAIN
Not recommended for overhead lifting applications.
CHAIN SLINGS
WORKING FEET WEIGHT PER

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT PER 100 FEET
IN. (LBS.)* DRUM (LBS.)
1/4 3,150 800 81
5/16 4,700 550 98
3/8 6,600 400 141
7/16 8,750 300 216
1/2 11,300 200 246
* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit.
GRADE 40 HI-TEST STEEL CHAIN

Hi-Test is manufactured from high-carbon steel – formed and electrically butt-welded to the shapes and sizes shown. Hi-
Test Chain is used in industry, mines, quarries, oil fields, lumber camps and by original equipment manufacturers.
Not recommended for overhead lifting.

WORKING INSIDE INSIDE MAXIMUM WEIGHT PER
TRADE SIZE LOAD LIMITS LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH 100 100 FT.
(INCHES) (LBS)* (INCHES) (INCHES) LINKS (IN.) (LBS)
3/16 – – – – –
1/4 2,600 .77 .40 80 77
5/16 3,900 .98 .46 102 113
3/8 5,400 1.14 54 119 154
7/16 7,200 1.29 .62 134 212
1/2 9,200 1.43 .72 149 270
5/8 11,500 1.69 .87 176 432
3/4 16,200 1.93 1.02 201 624
7/8 22,500 2.25 1.14 235 786
1 26,500 2.66 1.34 277 1,038
Additional sizes, specifications and catalogs are available upon request.
* Caution: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1.
70
Chain
CHAIN
GRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN
Proof Coil, often referred to as common chain, is made from basic open-hearth low carbon steel. It is a general utility chain
for such uses as log chain, tow chain, switch chain, tail-gate chain, anchor chain, or for pulling stumps, etc.
Proof Coil is not recommended for overhead lifting.
WORKING INSIDE INSIDE MAXIMUM WEIGHT PER
TRADE SIZE LOAD LIMITS LENGTH WIDTH LENGTH 100 100 FT.
(INCHES) (LBS)* (INCHES) (INCHES) LINKS (IN.) (LBS)
3/16 750 .95 .40 99 40
1/4 1,250 1.00 .50 104 71
CHAIN SLINGS
5/16 1,900 1.10 .50 114 109
3/8 2,650 1.23 .62 128 159
7/16 3,600 1.37 .75 142 213
1/2 4,500 1.50 .81 156 277
5/8 6,900 1.87 1.00 194 410
3/4 9,750 2.12 1.12 220 558
7/8 11,375 2.50 1.37 260 769
1 13,950 2.75 1.50 286 1,028
Additional sizes, specifications and catalogs are available upon request.
* Caution: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1.
71
Web Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR WEB SLINGS

M E C H A N I C A L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S 24. Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between
1. Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.
shall be within the rated capacity of the web sling. 25. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load
2. Select a web sling having suitable characteristics – for to allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.
the type of load, hitch and environment.
3. Web slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated E N V I R O N M E N TA L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S
capacity. Consideration shall be given to the sling to load 1. Web slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place
angle which affects rated capacity. to prevent loss of strength when not in use through
4. Web slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch exposure to ultra-violet rays. Web slings shall not be
shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking stored in chemically active areas.
action is on the webbing, and never on the fitting. 2. Chemically active environments can affect the strength
5. Web slings used in a basket hitch – shall have the load of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from
WEB SLINGS
balanced to prevent slippage. little to total degradation. The web sling manufacturer or
6. Web slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp qualified person should be consulted before slings are
corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces. used in chemically active environments.
7. Web slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over
abrasive surfaces. Acids
8. Web slings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened, Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from
tied in knots, or joined by knotting. little to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to many
9. Web slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little to
load is resting on the web sling. moderate in some acids. Each application shall be
10. Do not drop web slings equipped with metal fittings. evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
11. Web slings that appear to be damaged shall not be a. Type of Acid
used unless inspected and accepted as usable. b. Exposure Conditions
12. The web sling shall be hitched in a manner providing c. Concentration
control of the load. d. Temperature
13. Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall
be kept from between the sling and the load, and from Alkalis
between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook. Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging
14. Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads. from little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to many
15. Personnel shall not ride the web sling or the load being alkalis, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little
lifted. to moderate in some alakalis. Each application shall be
16. Shock loading shall be avoided. evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
17. Twisting and kinking the legs (branches) shall be avoided. a. Type of Alkalis
18. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base b. Exposure Conditions
(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook. c. Concentration
19. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall d. Temperature
be alert for possible snagging.
20. The web slings legs (branches) shall contain or support 3. Nylon and polyester web slings shall not be used at
the load from the sides above the center of gravity when temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C)
using a basket hitch. or temperatures below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40
21. Web slings shall be long enough so that the rated load degrees C).
(rated capacity) is adequate when the sling to load angle 4. Web slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be
is taken into consideration. used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of
22. Only web slings with legible identification tags shall be alkalis and/or acids are present.
used.
23. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed
hook and point of choke. rated capacities.
72
Web Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR WEB SLINGS

Environments in which synthetic web slings are R E M O VA L F R O M S E R V I C E
continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the A sling shall be removed from service if any of the following
strength of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging are visible:
from slight to total degradation. a. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification
is missing or not readable.
CAUTION: Degradation can take place without visible b. Acid or alkalis burns
indications. c. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the
web sling
a. Factors which affect the degree of strength loss are: d. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles
1. Length of time of continuous exposure e. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices
2. Web sling construction and design f. Excessive abrasive wear
3. Other environmental factors such as weather g. Knots in any part of the web sling
WEB SLINGS
conditions and geographic location h. Distortion and excessive pitting, corrosion or
b. Suggested procedures to minimize the affects of broken fittings
ultra-violet light. i. Any conditions which cause doubts as to the strength
1. Store web slings to a cool, dry and dark place when of the sling
not being used for prolonged periods of time
c. Some visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are: INSPECTION RECORDS
1. Bleaching out of web sling color Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each
2. Increased stiffness of web sling material sling as established by the user, should be kept on file for
3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with all web slings. These records should show a description of
the load the new web sling and its condition on each subsequent
inspection.
d. Proof Testing – Slings used in environments where they
are subject to continuous exposure to ultra-violet light
R E PA I R O F W E B S L I N G S
shall be proof tested to twice the rated capacity semi-
annually, or more frequently depending on severity of Sling webbing with structural damage shall never be repaired.
exposure.
Type I and Type II web slings, and other web slings utilizing
INSPECTION hardware, may be re-webbed utilizing existing fittings. It
shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer repairing the
Type of Inspection
web sling to determine if the hardware is reusable.
a. Initial Inspection – Before any new or repaired web
sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected by a
All re-webbed Type I and Type II, and other web slings
designated person to ensure that the correct web sling is
utilizing fittings, shall be proof tested to two (2) times their
being used, as well as to determine that the web sling
vertical rated capacity before being placed back into
meets the requirements of this specification.
service. A certificate of proof testing shall be provided.
b. Frequent Inspection – This inspection shall be
conducted by a qualified person handling the sling each Temporary repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall not
time the sling is used. be permitted.
c. Periodic Inspection – This inspection shall be
conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of
inspection should be based on:
1. Frequency of web sling use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of web slings
used in similar applications WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
4. Inspections should be conducted at least annually rated capacities.
73
Web Slings
RATED CAPACITY INFORMATION

Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (sling to load) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged
slings or choker/basket hitches. To determine the actual sling capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original sling
rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.
ANGLE OF CHOKE S L I N G A N G L E TA B L E ( A N G L E O F L I F T )
ANGLE/DEGREES ANGLE/DEGREES
HORIZONTAL LOSS FACTOR HORIZONTAL LOSS FACTOR
90 1.000 55 0.819
85 0.996 50 0.766
Point of 80 0.985 45 0.707
Choke Angle of Choke
75 0.966 40 0.643
WEB SLINGS
70 0.940 35 0.574
65 0.906 30 0.500
60 0.866
R AT E D C A PA C I T Y O F
Load
C H O K E R H I T C H TA B L E
Protection
For web slings used in a
ANGLE OF CHOKE SLING RATED
DEGREES LOAD FACTOR choker hitch, rated loads in
Tables 1-4 are for an angle
120-180 1.00
of choke of 120 degrees or
105-120 0.93 greater for the angle formed in
90-105 0.87 the web sling body as it passes
CAUTION: Do Not Exceed Rated Capacities through the choking eye.
BASKET HITCH CHOKER HITCH VERTICAL HITCH
GENERAL GUIDE TO CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTS
DRY HALO- WATER

BLEACH- CLEAN- GENATED HYDRO- OILS SOAP & & WEAK
ALCHO- AIDE- STRONG ING ING HYDRO- CAR- OILS LUBRI- DETER- SEA- ALKA-
ACIDS HOLS HYDES ALKALIS AGENTS AGENTS ETHERS CARBONS BONS KETONES CRUDE CATING GENTS WATER LIS
NYLON NO OK OK OK NO OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
POLYESTER * OK NO ** OK OK NO OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
* Disintegrated by concentrated sulfuric acid ** Degraded by strong alkalis at elevated temperatures
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY: Seller warrants that its goods are free from defects in materials and workmanship at time of
delivery. Therefore, Seller’s liability is limited to refund of purchase price or replacement of goods upon written notice and return prepaid to Seller to
establish claim for any said defect. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE ABOVE OBLIGATION ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY SELLER.
74
Web Slings
VERSATILE NYLON WEB SLINGS AND POLYESTER LOAD BINDERS
TRIANGLE/CHOKER TRIANGLE/TRIANGLE
TYPE I TYPE II
End fittings are steel or aluminum End fittings are steel or aluminum
with a slip through design which designed to be used in only a
provides good choke hitching. vertical or basket hitch.
Also can be used in vertical or
basket hitches.
Available in Nylon or Polyester

Webbing.
WEB SLINGS
STEEL AND ALUMINUM HARDWARE BASKET HITCH
STOCK WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30°
TC1-902 2 3,100 2,480 6,200 5,369 4,383 3,100
TC1-903 3 4,700 3,760 9,400 8,140 6,646 4,700
TC1-904 4 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200
1-PLY
TC1-906 6 9,300 7,440 18,600 16,108 13,150 9,300

TC1-908 8 11,800 9,440 23,600 20,438 16,665 11,800
TC1-910 10 14,700 11,760 29,400 25,460 20,786 14,700
TC1-912 12 17,600 14,080 35,200 30,483 24,888V 17,600
STEEL HARDWARE ONLY BASKET HITCH
STOCK WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30°
TC2-902 2 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and
TC2-903 3 8,800 7,040 17,600 15,242 12,443 8,800
follow the use and inspection instructions
TC2-904 4 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000 could result in severe personal injury or
death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
2-PLY
TC2-906 6 16,500 13,200 33,000 28,578 23,331 16,500

TC2-908 8 22,700 18,160 45,400 39,316 32,098 22,700
TC2-910 10 28,400 22,720 56,800 49,189 40,158 28,400
TC2-912 12 34,100 27,280 58,200 59,061 48,217V 34,100
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITIES.
CAUTION: Do not use aluminum fittings where acids, alkalis or other corrosive agents are present.
The above capacities are for steel hardware only. Aluminum hardware may only be used with single ply web slings.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult Delta Rigging and Tools.
75
Web Slings
EYE & EYE TYPE III (FLAT) & TYPE IV (TWIST)
E Y E & E Y E / F L AT - T Y P E I I I
Sling made with a flat loop on each end with loop eye
opening on same plane as sling body. This type of sling is
sometimes called a flat eye and eye, eye and eye, or
LENGTH
double eye sling.
EYE & EYE/TWIST - TYPE IV

Sling made with both loop eyes formed as in Type III, except
that the loop eyes are turned to form a loop eye which is
at a right angle to the plane of the sling body. This type of
LENGTH
sling is commonly referred to as a twisted eye sling.
WEB SLINGS
O N E A N D T W O - P LY
BASKET HITCH
STOCK NO. WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30° EYE LENGTH
EE1901 1 1,600 1,280 3,200 2,771 2,262 1,600 9
EE1902 2 3,100 2,480 6,200 5,369 4,383 3,100 9
EE1903 3 4,700 3,760 9,400 8,140 6,646 4,700 11
1-PLY
EE1904 4 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200 12

EE1906 6 9,300 7,440 18,600 16,108 13,150 9,300 12
EE1908 8 11,800 9,440 23,600 20,438 16,665 11,800 18
EE1910 10 14,700 11,760 29,400 25,460 20,786 14,700 18
EE1912 12 17,600 14,080 35,200 30,483 24,886 17,600 24
BASKET HITCH
EE2901 1 3,100 2,480 6,200 5,369 4,383 3,100 9
EE2902 2 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200 9
EE2903 3 8,800 7,040 17,600 15,242 12,443 8,800 11
EE2904 4 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000 12
2-PLY
EE2906 6 16,500 13,200 33,000 28,578 23,331 16,500 16

EE2908 8 22,700 18,160 45,400 39,316 32,098 22,700 20
EE2910 10 28,400 22,720 56,800 49,189 40,158 28,400 24
EE2912 12 34,100 27,280 68,200 59,061 48,217 34,100 24
*Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs
when used with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult
Delta Rigging and Tools.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and

inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or
76
Web Slings
EYE & EYE TYPE III (FLAT) & TYPE IV (TWIST)
T H R E E A N D F O U R - P LY
BASKET HITCH
EE3901 1 4,100 3,300 8,200 7,052 5,781 4,100 10
EE3902 2 8,200 6,600 16,400 14,104 11,562 8,200 12
EE3903 3 12,300 9,900 24,600 21,156 17,343 12,300 14
3-PLY
EE3904 4 15,300 12,200 30,600 26,316 21,573 15,300 16

EE3906 6 22,900 18,300 45,800 39,388 32,289 22,900 18
EE3908 8 30,700 24,600 61,400 52,804 43,287 30,700 24
WEB SLINGS
EE3910 10 36,000 28,800 72,000 61,920 50,760 36,000 24
EE3912 12 40,300 32,200 80,600 69,316 56,823 40,300 24
BASKET HITCH
EE4901 1 5,500 4,400 11,000 9,526 7,777 5,500 10
EE4902 2 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000 12
EE4903 3 16,400 13,120 32,800 28,405 23,190 16,400 14
EE4904 4 20,400 16,320 40,800 35,333 28,846 20,400 16
4-PLY
EE4906 6 30,600 24,480 61,200 52,999 43,268 30,600 18

EE4908 8 40,960 32,768 81,920 70,451 57,753 40,960 24
EE4910 10 48,000 38,400 96,000 82,560 67,680 48,000 24
EE4912 12 53,760 43,008 107,520 92,467 75,801 53,760 24

77
Web Slings
ENDLESS TYPE V
Endless sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the ends of the fabric together
with a splice.
O N E A N D T W O - P LY
BASKET HITCH
STOCK NO. WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30°
EN1901 1 3,200 2,560 6,400 5,542 4,525 3,200
EN1902 2 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200
EN1903 3 9,400 7,520 18,800 16,281 13,292 9,400
1-PLY
EN1904 4 12,400 9,920 24,800 21,477 17,534 12,400

WEB SLINGS
EN1906 6 18,600 14,880 37,200 32,215 26,300 18,600

EN1908 8 21,200 16,960 42,400 36,718 29,977 21,200
EN1910 10 26,500 21,200 53,000 45,580 37,471 26,500
EN1912 12 31,800 25,440 63,600 55,078 44,965 31,800
BASKET HITCH
EN2901 1 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200
EN2902 2 12,400 9,920 24,800 21,477 17,534 12,400
EN2903 3 17,600 14,080 35,200 30,483 24,886 17,600
EN2904 4 22,000 17,600 44,000 38,104 31,108 22,000
2-PLY
EN2906 6 33,000 26,400 66,000 57,156 46,662 33,000

EN2908 8 42,300 33,840 84,600 73,264 59,812 42,300
EN2910 10 52,900 42,320 105,800 91,623 74,801 52,900
EN2912 12 63,500 50,800 127,000 109,982 89,789 63,500

78
Web Slings
ENDLESS TYPE V (CON'T)

Endless sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the ends of the fabric together
with a splice.
T H R E E A N D F O U R P LY
BASKET HITCH
EN3901 1 8,200 6,600 16,400 14,104 11,562 8,200
EN3902 2 16,500 13,200 33,000 28,380 23,265 16,500
EN3903 3 24,700 19,800 49,400 42,484 34,827 24,700
3-PLY
EN3904 4 30,600 24,500 61,200 52,632 43,146 30,600
WEB SLINGS
EN3906 6 45,900 36,700 91,800 78,948 64,719 45,900
EN3908 8 61,400 49,100 122,800 105,608 86,574 61,400
EN3910 10 72,000 57,600 144,000 123,840 101,520 72,000
EN3912 12 80,600 64,500 161,200 138,632 113,646 80,600
BASKET HITCH
EN4901 1 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000
EN4902 2 22,000 17,600 44,000 38,104 31,108 22,000
EN4903 3 32,900 26,320 65,800 56,983 46,521 32,900
EN4904 4 40,800 32,640 81,600 70,666 57,691 40,800
4-PLY
EN4906 6 61,200 48,960 122,400 105,998 86,537 61,200

EN4908 8 81,920 65,536 163,840 140,902 115,507 81,920
EN4910 10 96,000 76,800 192,000 165,120 135,360 96,000
EN4912 12 107,520 86,016 215,040 184,934 151,603 107,520

79
Web Slings
REVERSED EYE TYPE VI

These are the most durable of all web slings. The complete sling, both sides, are covered with a buffer web for the
maximum abrasion resistance, including the eyes. Eye configuration allows for tight choking also great for vertical and
basket hitches.
LENGTH
WEB SLINGS
REVERSED EYE TYPE VI

RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS SLING DIMENSIONS
REVERSED
EYE VERTICAL SLING SLING EYE
TYPE VI VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET WIDTH THICKNESS LENGTH
RE1-902-1 3,200 2,560 6,400 2 5/16 9
RE1-904-1 6,400 5,120 12,800 4 5/16 15
RE1-906-1 9,600 7,680 19,200 6 5/16 15
RE2-902-2 6,400 5,120 12,800 2 1/2 9
RE2-904-2 12,800 10,240 25,600 4 1/2 15
RE2-906-2 17,760 14,208 35,520 6 1/2 15
RE3-904-3 17,760 14,208 35,520 4 11/16 15
RE3-906-3 26,640 21,312 53,280 6 11/16 15
RE4-906-4 35,520 28,416 71,040 6 7/8 15
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult Delta Rigging and Tools.

80
Web Slings
WIDE BODY BASKET - WBB TYPE 8

These are designed for use in basket hitches where you need a wide sling for load stability and for proper handling of
fragile or highly finished surfaces. Eyes of slings are tapered to fit in hoist or crane hooks.
RATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)*
WEB SLINGS
BASKET HITCH NOMINAL NOMINAL
EYE LENGTH EYE WIDTH
INCHES PLY 60º 45º 30º L (INCHES) W (INCHES)
6 1 17,200 14,900 12,100 8,600 12 1-1/2
6 2 32,000 27,700 22,600 16,000 15 1-1/2
8 1 22,600 19,600 16,000 11,300 12 2
8 2 42,000 36,400 29,700 21,000 15 2
10 1 28,200 24,400 20,000 14,100 15 1-3/4
10 2 52,500 45,500 37,100 26,300 18 2-1/2
12 1 33,900 29,300 23,900 16,900 15 2
12 2 63,000 54,600 44,600 31,500 18 3*
16 1 43,900 38,000 31,000 22,000 18 3*
16 2 72,800 63,000 51,400 36,400 24 4*
20 1 51,000 44,100 36,000 25,500 24 3-1/2*
20 2 80,000 69,300 56,500 40,000 24 5*
24 1 56,400 48,900 39,900 28,200 24 4*
24 2 88,400 76,600 62,500 44,200 24 6*
* Narrower taper available on special request only.
Wear pads are available for eyes and sling body on request.
Warning: Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the

use and inspection instructions could result in severe
personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
81
Web Slings
LOAD BALANCER BASKET - LBB TYPE 9

These are designed for applications where you need a wide sling for load stability and for proper handling of fragile or
highly finished surfaces. They have lower rated capacity than the Wide Body Basket. Eyes are constructed to fit properly on
small hoist hooks and are reinforced for longer life.
RATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)*

WEB SLINGS
BASKET HITCH NOMINAL NOMINAL

EYE LENGTH EYE WIDTH
INCHES PLY 60º 45º 30º W (INCHES) L (INCHES)
6 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 9
8 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 12
10 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 15
12 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 18
16 1 10,000 8,700 7,100 5,000 2 24
20 1 10,000 8,700 7,100 5,000 2 24
24 1 10,000 8,700 7,100 5,000 2 24
Warning: Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the

use and inspection instructions could result in severe
personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
82
Web Slings
M U LT I - L E G G E D B R I D L E S L I N G S
These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need
multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of
rings, hooks and other fittings.
WEB SLINGS
3 and 4 legged assemblies available on request. Because of the wide variety of fittings which can greatly
affect the rated capacity of an assembly, please contact Delta Rigging and Tools to discuss your specific
lifting requirements.
S I N G L E - L E G G E D H A R D WA R E S L I N G S
These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need
multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of
rings, hooks and other fittings.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and

follow the use and inspection instructions could
result in severe personal injury or death. Do not
exceed rated capacities.
83
How to Order
TUFFY BRAND UTILITY SLINGS

Delta Rigging and Tools is dedicated to the manufacturing of synthetic web slings that meet or exceed current industry
standards (OSHA and ANSI B30.9). Only the finest domestic webbing and hardware is used so that you are assured of the
best in each and every web sling. All webbing has a red thread woven into the core to serve as a warning to the operator,
when exposed, the web sling has reached the end of safe use. However, red yarns are not the only criteria for determining
the removal of web slings from service. When in doubt as to the serviceability of a web sling, consult your manufacturer or
OSHA Standards as to proper use or removal from service. All the load charts herein are based on a safety factor of 5:1.
However, all loading is based on new and unused slings and does not relieve the end user from responsibility for regular
inspection for damage and serviceability. (See manufacturer’s warranty and liability.)
A L L O R D E R S M U S T S P E C I F Y:
1. Sling type number and Stock number as given.
2. Length of sling, measured as shown.
WEB SLINGS
3. Width of the sling body.

4. Webbing material – Nylon or Polyester.
5. Description of end fittings for slings where a
choice of fittings is offered.
S P E C I A L O R D E R S A VA I L A B L E
Special design slings are available on special order.
D I S C L A I M E R O F WA R R A N T I E S
AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY
Seller warrants that its goods are free from defects in materials and
workmanship at time of delivery. Therefore, Seller’s liability is limited to
refund of purchase price or replacement of goods upon written notice
and return prepaid to Seller to establish claim for any said defect.
SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE ABOVE
OBLIGATION ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY SELLER.
WARNING:
Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not
exceed rated capacities.
84
Web Slings
SLING SAVER WEB SLING SHACKLES S - 2 5 2 B O LT T Y P E

• Shackles available in size 3-1/4 to 50 tons. SLING SHACKLE
• All Alloy construction.
• Design factor of 5 to 1.
• Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability
along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
• Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an
increased area for load distribution, thus:
• Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to
standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional hooks.
This allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load Limit to be S-253 SCREW PIN
achieved. SLING SHACKLE
• Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.
WEB SLINGS
• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26
including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature
requirements. Importantly, Crosby products meet other critical performance
requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability,
not addressed by ASME B30.26.
• Shackles available in both a Screw Pin and Bolt, Nut and cotter pin configuration.
• Bolt (Pin) has a larger diameter that provides better load distribution. Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the requirements for
• Look for the Red Pin® . . . the mark of Genuine Crosby quality. minimum stock diameter or thickness, and effective contact
width shown in the Recommended Standards Specification
for Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling & Tie
Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)
S - 2 5 2 B O LT T Y P E S L I N G S H A C K L E
WEB ROUND WORKING
SLING SLING LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
EYE WIDTH SIZE LIMIT EACH
(INCHES) (NO.) (TONS)* (LBS.) A B C D E F G H J K L M
1 1&2 3-1/4 1.4 .88 .62 1.38 .75 1.50 .44 3.38 3.68 1.12 1.50 .75 2.69
1.5 3&4 6-1/2 2.4 1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 .50 4.15 4.25 1.31 1.81 1.00 3.38
2 5&6 8-3/4 4.1 1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 .56 5.50 4.72 1.50 2.09 1.12 4.19
3 7&8 12-1/2 8.0 1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75 6.34 5.88 1.88 2.62 1.38 5.62
4 9 & 10 20-1/2 16.9 2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.25 .88 9.45 7.19 2.25 3.12 1.75 7.50
* Maximum Proof Load is
5 11 & 12 35 35.0 2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31 3.00 4.19 2.25 9.19
2.5 times the Working
6 13 50 57.5 3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 13.75 10.38 3.38 4.75 2.75 11.00 Load Limit. Minimum
Ultimate Strength is 5
times the Working Load
Limit.
S-253 SCREW PIN SLING SHACKLE
WEB ROUND WORKING
SLING SLING LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
EYE WIDTH SIZE LIMIT EACH
(INCHES) (NO.) (TONS)* (LBS.) A B C D E G K L M N P R
1 1&2 3-1/4 1.4 .88 .62 1.38 .75 1.50 3.38 1.50 .75 2.69 3.22 .44 1.00
1.5 3&4 6-1/2 2.2 1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 4.15 1.81 1.00 3.38 4.03 .50 1.19
2 5&6 8-3/4 3.8 1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 5.50 2.09 1.12 4.19 4.50 .50 1.44
3 7&8 12-1/2 7.3 1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 6.34 2.62 1.38 5.62 5.59 .62 1.81
4 9 & 10 20-1/2 15.2 2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.25 9.45 3.12 1.75 7.50 6.88 .75 2.13
5 11 & 12 35 30.8 2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 11.50 4.19 2.25 9.19 8.66 1.00 2.88
6 13 50 52.0 3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 13.75 4.75 2.75 11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
85
Web Slings
SLING SAVER WEB SLING HOOKS WS-320A

WEB SLING HOOK
• Hook capacities available: 1-1/2, 3, and 5 tons.
• All Alloy construction.
• Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with
a working load limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
• Originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, the Crosby Web Sling hook can also be
used with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible.
The new hook incorporates the following features:
• Eye is designed with a wide beam surface which:
• Eliminates bunching effects.
• Reduces sling tendency to slide.
• Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.
• All hooks feature Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK® indicators.
WEB SLINGS
• Hook Web Sling Eye width available 1", 2", and 3".
• Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
WS-320A WEB SLING HOOKS

WEB SLING ROUND WORKING WEIGHT
EYE WIDTH SLING SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH HOOK I.D.
(INCHES) (NO.) (TONS)* (LBS.) CODE
1 1 1-1/2 1.10 FA WARNING: Failure to read, understand
and follow the use and inspection
2 2 3 2.86 HA instructions could result in severe
personal injury or death. Do not exceed
3 3 5 6.60 IA
rated capacities.
WORKING
HOOK LOAD DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
I.D. LIMIT
CODE (TONS)* A B C D F G H J K L M N O P Q T AA
FA 1-1/ 2 5.25 2.26 3.98 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 1.50 .63 .75 .91 2.24 1.01 .98 2.00
HA 3 7.11 3.66 5.31 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 2.50 .85 1.13 1.09 2.82 1.69 1.16 2.00
IA 5 9.33 5.13 7.06 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 3.75 1.13 1.63 1.36 3.51 2.59 1.53 2.50
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the requirements for minimum stock diameter or thickness, and effective contact width shown in the Recommended
Standards Specification for Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling & Tie Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)
86
Web Slings
SLING SAVER WEB SLING HOOKS S-287 WEB SLING

CHOKER HOOK
• Available in 2 sizes: 3-1/4 tons (2" webbing) and 4-1/2 tons (3" webbing)
• Forged Alloy steel.
• Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged
into it.
• Special design of hook protects the synthetic sling when dropped or
dragged.
• Designed to reduce friction, abrasion, and fraying in choker area.
• Uses same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.
• Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover available.
WEB SLINGS
S-287 WEB SLING CHOKER HITCH
ROUND WEB SLINGS* WORKING DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
SLING WEBBING EYE LOAD WEIGHT
SIZE WIDTH WIDTH LIMIT EACH
(NO.) (INCHES) (INCHES) PLY (TONS)** (LBS.) A B C D E F G H J
1&2 2 2 2 3-1/4 3.7 2.13 2.50 3.32 .38 6.03 4.77 4.88 .34 1.50
3 3 1.5 2 4-1/2 6.1 1.63 3.50 3.67 .38 7.06 4.53 6.51 1.36 1.88
I N S P E C T I O N I N F O R M AT I O N
WEB SLING
* NOTE: Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye),
Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a clevis Class 7, 2-Ply web slings.
or shackle, or in a hook. ** Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working
Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate
ROUND SLINGS load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
The round sling shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the
clevis or shackle, or in a hook. requirements for minimum stock diameter or
thickness, and effective contact width shown in the
The opening of fitting shall be proper shape and size to ensure that the Recommended Standards Specification for
Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling &
fitting will seat properly on the round sling. Tie Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)
When a Round Sling is used with a shackle, it is recommended that it be

used (rigged) in the bow of the shackle.
SYNTHETIC SLINGS RATED LOAD BUNCHING PINCHING

Folding, bunching or pinching of synthetic slings, which occurs when used
with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.
When connecting web or round slings, use conventional fittings with:

1. Large Radius
2. Straight Pins
3. Pads or use special fittings designed for synthetic slings. ANSI B30.9-1994
87
Round Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS

M E C H A N I C A L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S 22. Polyester roundslings shall be long enough so that
1. Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall the rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when the
be within the rated capacity of the polyester round sling(s). sling to load angle is taken into consideration.
2. Select a polyester round sling having suitable 23. Only polyester round slings with legible
characteristics – for the type of load, hitch and environment. identification tags shall be used.
3. Polyester round slings shall not be loaded in excess of 24. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load,
the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to the hook and point of choke.
round sling to load angle which affects rated capacities. 25. The polyester round sling shall not be constricted or
4. Polyester round slings with fittings which are used in a bunched between the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.
choker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that the When a polyester round sling is used with a shackle, it is
choking action is on the roundsling, and never on the fitting. recommended that it be used (rigged) in the bow of the shackle.
26. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load
RO U N D S L I N G S
5. Polyester round slings used in a basket hitch – shall

have the load balanced to prevent slippage. to allow removal of the polyester round sling, if
6. The openings in fittings shall be the proper shape and applicable.
size to ensure that the fittings will seat properly on the
polyester round sling, crane hook, or other attachments. E N V I R O N M E N TA L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S
7. Polyester round slings shall always be protected 1. Polyester round slings should be stored in a cool, dry
from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, and dark place to prevent loss of strength when not in
protrusions or abrasive surfaces. use through exposure to ultra-violet rays. Polyester round
8. Polyester round slings shall not be dragged on the slings shall not be stored in chemically active areas.
floor or over abrasive surfaces. 2. Chemically active environments can affect the strength
9. Polyester round slings shall not be twisted, shortened, of polyester round slings in varying degrees ranging
lengthened, tied in knots, or joined by knotting. from little to total degradation. The polyester round sling
10. Polyester round slings shall not be pulled from under manufacturer or qualified person should be consulted
loads when the load is resting on the polyester round sling. before slings are used in chemically active environments.
11. Do not drop polyester round slings equipped with Acids
metal fittings. Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to
12. Polyester round slings that appear to be damaged shall degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some
not be used unless inspected and accepted as usable. acids. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into
13. The polyester round sling shall be hitched in a consideration the following:
manner providing control of the load. a. Type of Acid c. Concentration
14. Personnel, including all portions of the human body, b. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature
shall be kept from between the polyester round sling
and the load, and from between the polyester round Alkalis
sling and the crane hook or hoist hook. Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging
15. Personnel shall stand clear of the suspended load. from little to total degradation.Each application shall be
16. Personnel shall not ride the polyester round sling or evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
the load being lifted. a. Type of Alkali c. Concentration
17. Shock loading shall be avoided. b. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature
18. Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided. 3. Polyester round slings shall not be used at temperatures
19. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) or temperatures
(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook. below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40 degrees C).
20. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall 4. Polyester round slings incorporating aluminum
be alert for possible snagging of the polyester round sling. fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays,
21. The polyester roundslings legs (branches) shall contain mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.
or support the load from the sides above the center of
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
gravity when using a basket hitch. instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed
rated capacities.
88
Round Sling Use
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR ROUND SLINGS

INSPECTION INSPECTION RECORDS
Polyester round slings shall be visually inspected by a Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for
designated person handling the polyester round sling before each polyester round sling as established by the user,
each use. These visual observations shall be concerned should be kept on file. These records should show a
with the identification tag and discovering damage. description of the new polyester round sling and its
Polyester round slings shall be removed from service if condition on each subsequent inspection.
there is any doubt as to the condition of the round sling.
R E PA I R O F R O U N D S L I N G S
TYPE OF INSPECTION There shall be no repairs of load bearing fibers. Repairs to
a. Initial Inspection – Before any polyester round sling is the protective covers shall be done only by the original
placed into service, it shall be inspected by a designated manufacturer or their appointed agent. Only polyester round
person to ensure that the correct round sling is being slings which can be identified from the information on the
used, as well as to determine that the round sling meets identification tag shall be repaired. All repaired polyester
the requirements of this specification. round slings shall be proof tested to a minimum of two (2)
b. Frequent Inspection – This inspection shall be times the rated capacity before being put back into service.
conducted by a qualified person handling the polyester Certification of proof test should be provided.
round sling each time the round sling is used.
c. Periodic Inspection – This inspection shall be
conducted by a designated person. Frequency of instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed
inspection should be based on: rated capacities.
1. Frequency of use
2. Severity of service conditions
3. Experience gained on the service life of polyester
round slings used in similar applications
4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least
monthly
R E M O VA L F R O M S E R V I C E
A polyester round sling shall be removed from service if
any of the following is visible:
a. If polyester round sling identification tag is missing or
unreadable.
b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the
polyester round sling.
c. Holes, tears, cuts, embedded particles, abrasive wear or
snags that expose the core fibers of the polyester round
sling.
d. Broken or worn stitching in the cover which exposes the
core fibers.
e. Fittings when damaged, stretched or distorted in any way.
f. Polyester round slings that are knotted.
g. Acid or alkali burns of the polyester round sling.
h. Any conditions which cause doubts as to the strength of
the polyester round sling.
89
Round Slings
TUFFY HP HIGH PERFORMANCE ROUND SLINGS

NO GIMMICKS, JUST C H E M I C A L R E S I S TA N C E
PERFORMANCE The high performance super-aramid fibers used in TuffyHP
TuffyHP round slings combine the superior flexibility of the round slings exhibit high resistance to both acids and
Flexi-Grip with high performance super-aramid fibers that alkalis as well as organic solvents. They are also stable
make up the TuffyHP to give you a lighter, stronger, less against seawater and steam and show good hydrolytic
bulky, flexible lifting sling to accommodate a wide variety of resistance.
difficult loads. The flexibility and compact size promote
rigging speed and allow for easy storage and A D J U S TA B L E W E A R PA D S &
transportation. S A F E T Y — A L L S TA N D A R D
In addition to the already tough exterior, TuffyHP round
S U P E R I O R M AT E R I A L S P R O D U C E slings all receive two heavy duty adjustable wear pads to
E X C E P T I O N A L R E S U LT S protect lifting eyes and to increase abrasion resistance. For
TuffyHP round slings are manufactured using the same maximum visibility and safety, each sling is stenciled with
proven and familiar process used for over 10 years in the the model number which easily identifies the vertical lifting
Flexi-Grip product line, but now with the introduction of capacity and is tagged with full capacities and usage
engineered, high-performance inner super-aramid fibers, information.
encased in an abrasive resistant jacket, high performance
round slings take on a whole new level of lifting
capabilities.
H I G H H E AT R E S I S TA N C E
TuffyHP round slings maintain good properties even under
high temperature rigging environments up to 350° F, while
other high performance synthetic slings may begin to
deteriorate at 200° F.
U N S U R PA S S E D S T R E N G T H T O
W E I G H T R AT I O
TuffyHP round slings exhibit super high strength when
compared to other sling materials of the same weight.
TuffyHP slings are 8 times as strong as steel and 3 times
as strong as polyester or nylon. Lower overall sling weights
result in faster rigging times, increased rigger safety during
transport and the rigging process, and a higher load
capacity per lift since less weight is required for the sling
itself.
S L I N G FAT I G U E & S T R E T C H
R E S I S TA N C E — L E S S T H A N 1 %
STRETCH
TuffyHP super-aramid fiber round sling has a longer service
life when compared to other high strength slings and
maintains a stretch factor of less than 1% at its rated
capacity. This enables precise load control that minimizes
adjustments for stretch and reduces headroom problems of
your lift.
90
Round Slings
TUFFY HP HIGH PERFORMANCE ROUND SLINGS

S P E C I F I C AT I O N S A N D R AT E D C A PA C I T Y ( P O U N D S )
APPROX. APPROX.
BODY BODY
WEB DIAMETER WEIGHT/FT.
COLOR MODEL # (INCHES) POUNDS VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET 60º 45º
Orange TuffyHP-10 1.00 0.28 10,000 8,000 20,000 17,300 14,100
Orange TuffyHP-15 1.25 0.41 15,000 12,000 30,000 26,000 21,200
Orange TuffyHP-20 1.25 0.47 20,000 16,000 40,000 34,600 28,230
Orange TuffyHP-30 1.50 0.78 30,000 24,000 60,000 52,000 42,400
Orange TuffyHP-40 2.25 1.08 40,000 32,000 80,000 69,300 56,500
Orange TuffyHP-50 2.25 1.15 50,000 40,000 100,000 86,600 70,700
ROUND SLINGS
Orange TuffyHP-60 2.50 1.36 60,000 48,000 120,000 103,900 84,800
Orange TuffyHP-70 2.50 1.52 70,000 56,000 140,000 121,200 99,000
Orange TuffyHP-90 3.00 1.97 90,000 72,000 180,000 155,900 127,300
Orange TuffyHP-100 3.00 2.12 100,000 80,000 200,000 173,200 141,400
Orange TuffyHP-120 3.50 2.52 120,000 96,000 240,000 207,800 169,700
Orange TuffyHP-150 3.50 3.01 150,000 120,000 300,000 259,800 212,100
* Always review sling tags for most recent working load limits.
91
Round Slings
FLEXI-GRIP® ROUND SLINGS

Roundslings are fabricated with high-quality, high-strength 100% polyester fibers. These fibers are encased in a
seamless double-walled polyester jacket providing maximum protection to the inner load bearing fibers. These slings
offer an exceptionally soft and easy-to-work-with rigging tool that grips the load without marring load surface.
F L E X I - G R I P R O U N D S L I N G R AT E D C A PA C I T I E S
60º 45º 30º
INCHES LBS/FT VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET BASKET* BASKET* BASKET
FG0600 PURPLE 0.60 0.30 2,600 2,100 5,200 4,500 3,600 2,600
FG0800 GREEN 0.80 0.40 5,300 4,200 10,600 9,100 7,400 5,300
FG1000 YELLOW 1.00 0.50 8,400 6,700 16,800 14,500 11,800 8,400
FG1200 TAN 1.20 0.60 10,600 8,500 21,200 18,300 15,000 10,600
FG1300 RED 1.30 0.80 13,200 10,600 26,400 22,800 18,600 13,200
FG1400 WHITE 1.40 0.90 16,800 13,400 33,600 29,100 23,700 16,800
FG1550 BLUE 1.55 1.20 21,200 17,000 42,400 36,700 29,900 21,200
FG1750 ORANGE 1.75 1.50 25,000 20,000 50,000 43,300 35,300 25,000
FG1950 ORANGE 1.95 2.00 31,000 24,800 62,000 53,600 43,800 31,000
FG2350 BLACK 2.35 2.80 40,000 32,000 80,000 69,200 56,500 40,000
FG3150 BLACK 3.15 3.60 53,000 42,400 106,000 91,600 74,800 53,000
FG3950 BLACK 3.95 4.60 66,000 52,800 132,000 114,400 93,400 66,000
FG4800 BLACK 4.80 5.80 90,000 72,000 180,000 155,800 127,200 90,000
* Rated capacities are determined with the sling angle calculated from the vertical.
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal
injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
R O U N D S L I N G F E AT U R E S T E C H N I C A L D ATA
• High strength to weight ratio • Maximum working temperature 200º F
• Low elongation/Extreme flexibility • Oil and grease do not normally affect strength
• Double cover for extra life • Resistant to most acids, however is not resistant to
• Endless style means that wear points always change concentrations of alkalis
with each lift • Does not lose strength in water – will not rot or mildew
• Polyester interior fibers do not contact the load, • Excellent resistance to ultra-violet rays because outer
meaning little wear as long as cover is intact cover protects inner fibers
• Long lasting tag indicates working load limits • Only 3% elongation
• Different colors indicate load limits through FG1550
92
Round Slings
ROUND SLING ACCESSORIES

F L E X I - G R I P W E A R PA D S
Wear pads are available in tough, durable polyester or
leather for added resistance to cutting and abrasion that
might otherwise cause early retirement.
EYE & EYE ROUND SLINGS

Eye & Eye Round slings can be fabricated to customer
specifications when required.
rated capacities.
93
Wire Mesh Slings
SLING LENGTH SELECTION

WIRE MESH SLINGS
To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH – in To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH – in
Column A find sling width selected. Then read across Column A find sling width selected. Then read across
and find dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling length and find dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and add
equals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches. circumference of load in inches to determine minimum
overall sling length.
Example: You wish to use a 10" wide sling on an 84"
circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals Example: You wish to use a 10" wide sling on an 84"
102-1/2". (7-3/4 + 10-3/4 + 84") circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86".
(1" + 1" + 84")
WIRE MESH SLING

INCHES FABRIC LBS./FT.OF LENGTH
A
WIDTH HOOK WT. 36" 10 12 14
(NOM.) B C D E F G H DD SIZE SLING GA. GA. GA.
2 4 6 2 1/2 2-3/4 1-3/4 4 3-3/4 5 Ton 5 1-1/4 1-1/8 3/4
3 5-1/4 7-1/2 3 3/4 3-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 5 10 Ton 8 1-7/8 1-3/4 1-1/8
4 5-1/2 7-3/4 4 3/4 3-1/2 2-1/2 6-1/4 5 10 Ton 10 2-1/2 2-1/4 1-1/2
6 6-1/2 9 6 1 4 2-3/4 8-1/2 6 15 Ton 15 3-7/8 3-3/8 2-1/4
8 8-3/4 12 8 1-1/4 5-1/2 4 11-1/4 8-1/2 25 Ton 20 5-1/8 4-1/2 3
10 7-3/4 10-3/4 10-1/4 1 5 3-1/2 12-3/4 7-1/2 25 Ton 26 6-3/8 5-5/8 3-3/4
12 8 11-1/4 12-1/4 1 5 3-1/2 14-3/4 7-1/2 30 Ton 33 7-5/8 6-3/4 4-1/2
14 8-1/4 12 14-1/4 1-1/4 5 3-1/2 17 7-3/4 30 Ton 37 8-7/8 7-7/8 5-1/4
16 8-1/4 12-1/2 16-1/4 1-1/4 5 3-1/2 19 7-3/4 30 Ton 44 10-1/8 9 6
18 8-1/2 13-1/4 18 2 5 4 21-1/4 11 30 Ton 51 11-3/8 10-1/8 6-3/4
20 8-1/2 14 20 2 5 4 23-1/4 11-1/4 30 Ton 58 12-3/4 11-1/4 7-1/2
Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed Size
Standard Tolerance ± 1/2"
94
Wire Mesh Slings
SLING WIDTH SELECTION

HOW TO SELECT SLING
WIDTH ACCORDING TO
C A PA C I T Y, H I T C H A N D NOMINAL EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED
S P E C I F I C AT I O N : WIDTH OF CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
SLING VERTICAL
First, determine the hitch you will use (INCHES) CHOKER BASKET 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE
for the gauge selected. Then read
2 1,600 3,200 2,700 2,000 1,600
down the column under the selected
hitch and gauge to the load weight 3 3,000 6,000 5,100 3,800 2,800
you wish to lift. Then read across to 4 4,400 8,800 7,480 5,600 4,400
the first column at left to find sling 6 6,600 13,200 11,225 8,400 6,600
G-35 HEAVY DUTY
width required.
WIRE MESH SLINGS

8 8,800 17,600 15,000 11,250 8,800
Example: You wish to use a G-43 10 11,000 22,000 18,700 14,000 11,000
sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 12 13,200 26,400 22,440 16,800 13,200
pounds. Sling width required is 8".
14 15,400 30,800 26,180 19,600 15,400
16 17,600 35,200 29,920 22,400 17,600
18 19,800 39,600 33,660 25,200 19,800
20 22,000 44,000 37,400 28,000 22,000
2 1,450 2,900 2,320 1,740 1,450

3 2,175 4,350 3,700 2,700 2,175
4 2,900 5,800 4,900 3,670 2,900
6 4,800 9,600 8,150 6,100 4,800
G-48 MEDIUM DUTY
8 6,400 12,800 10,880 8,100 6,400

10 8,000 16,000 13,600 10,200 8,000
12 9,600 19,200 16,300 12,000 9,600
14 11,200 22,400 19,000 14,000 11,200
16 12,800 25,600 21,700 16,200 12,800
18 13,500 27,000 22,900 17,000 13,500
20 15,000 30,000 25,500 19,000 15,000
2 900 1,800 1,600 1,300 900

3 1,400 2,800 2,400 2,000 1,400
4 2,000 4,000 3,500 2,800 2,000
6 3,000 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000
G-59 LIGHT DUTY
8 4,000 8,000 6,900 5,700 4,000

10 5,000 10,000 8,600 7,100 5,000
12 6,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000
14 7,000 14,000 12,100 9,900 7,000
16 8,000 16,000 13,900 11,300 8,000
18 9,000 18,000 15,600 12,700 9,000
20 10,000 20,000 17,300 14,100 10,000
95
Ultrex Plus Double Braid
ULTREX PLUS DOUBLE BRAID

Ultrex Plus is a double braid of ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, treated with
Maxijacket coating for enhanced toughness. Sleeved with hightenacity polyester, Ultrex
Plus is spliceable utilizing conventional high-modulus splice techniques, or the new
Yaletuck splice, which shortens the bury portion and minimizes the length of the larger
diameter associated with the splice. All strengths shown are for spliced line.
Ultrex Plus is identified by green and yellow strands braided into the sleeve structure.
Specific Gravity: 1.18
D ATA
AVERAGE MINIMUM MAXIMUM WEIGHT
BREAK BREAK WORKING POUNDS
UTILITY ROPE
DIAM. STRENGTH STRENGTH LOAD PER

INCHES (POUNDS) (POUNDS) 5:1 100 FT.
3⁄8 11,500 10,350 2,300 3.9
7⁄16 14,500 13,050 2,900 4.9
1⁄2 20,000 18,000 4,000 7.3
9⁄16 25,000 22,500 5,000 8.0
5⁄8 30,000 27,000 6,000 11.0
3⁄4 45,000 40,500 9,000 14.1 Elastic Elongation
7⁄8 60,000 54,000 12,000 21.6 The colored area under the curve represents the
1 75,000 67,500 15,000 26.0 rope's energy-absorption capability.
1-1⁄8 98,000 88,200 19,600 35.5
Green working 219 ft. lbs./lb.
1-1⁄4 120,000 108,000 24,000 43.5
1-5⁄16 148,000 133,200 29,600 45.7 Red ultimate 3,617 ft. lbs./lb.
1-1⁄2 172,000 154,800 34,400 61.3
1-5⁄8 184,000 165,600 36,800 71.7
1-3⁄4 230,000 207,000 46,000 85.6
2 285,000 256,500 57,000 108.6
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling operations.
Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of line’s rated working
load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void normal working-load
recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines for working loads and safe use
of rope. Ultrex Plus is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-UXP-026
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Ultrex Plus is 1.0
milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when tested in accordance with
Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and
entrained moisture or impurities will increase a
rope’s conductivity dramatically.
96
Maxibraid Plus Double Braid
MAXIBRAID PLUS DOUBLE BRAID

Maxibraid Plus is a double-braided rope constructed of an inner loadbearing
core of UHMPE® fiber. The polyester outer sleeve protects the strength member from
abrasion. The UHMPE fiber has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any synthetic or
natural fiber and has stretch characteristics similar to wire. The UHMPE core is coated
with Maxijacket™ prior to being over-braided for added toughness.
Maxibraid Plus is identified by red and blue strands braided into the sleeve structure.
D ATA
BREAK BREAK WORKING
DIAM. STRENGTH STRENGTH LOAD POUNDS
UTILITY ROPE
INCHES (POUNDS) (POUNDS) 5:1 PER
AVERAGE MINIMUM MAXIMUM WEIGHT 100 FT.
1⁄4 5,100 3,870 1,020 2.4
5⁄16 7,500 5,130 1,500 2.9
3⁄8 8,600 7,740 1,720 3.8
7⁄16 11,300 10,350 2,260 5.4
5⁄8 26,500 23,850 5,300 12.4 The colored area under the curve represents the
3⁄4 34,500 31,050 6,900 15.0 rope's energy-absorption capability.
13⁄16 40,000 36,000 8,000 17.3
Green working 160 ft. lbs./lb.
7⁄8 50,000 45,000 10,000 23.2
1 60,000 54,000 12,000 28.2 Red ultimate 2,645 ft. lbs./lb.
1-1⁄8 73,000 65,700 14,600 33.9
1-1⁄4 84,000 75,600 16,800 39.9
1-5⁄16 100,000 90,000 20,000 45.7
1-1⁄2 118,000 106,200 23,600 58.0
1-5⁄8 142,000 127,800 28,400 71.7
1-3/4 167,500 150,750 33,500 85.6
of rope. Maxibraid Plus is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-MBP-062.
Special Warning
UHMPE-fibered ropes, at critical loads, will creep until they fail.
Exercise special care when using these types of products.
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Maxibraid
Plus is 1.0 milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when
tested in accordance with Yale Cordage Test
Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and entrained
moisture or impurities will increase a rope’s conductivity
dramatically.
97
Double Esterlon Double Braid
DOUBLE ESTERLON DOUBLE BRAID New 1-1/16" Diameter!

Double Esterlon is a double-braided rope constructed of unique, hightenacity,
cordage-finish polyester. Yale’s exceptionally high strengths come
from selecting this yarn (minimum 9.2 gpd), careful attention to machine setup,
and the extraordinary lubricity of the yarn. It offers low stretch, high
strength, and excellent wear life and dielectric strength.
Double Esterlon is identified by two adjacent green strands braided into the cover
structure. The date of manufacture is denoted by colored yarn between the core and
the sleeve.

UTILITY ROPE
D ATA
1⁄4 2,700 2,430 675 2.3
5⁄16 4,000 3,600 1,000 3.2
3⁄8 5,400 4.860 1,350 4.2 Elastic Elongation
7⁄16 7,600 6,840 1,900 5.5
The colored area under the curve represents the
rope's energy-absorption capability.
1⁄2 10,500 9,450 2,625 8.1
9⁄16 13,100 11,790 3,275 9.6 Green working 544 ft. lbs./lb.
5⁄8 16,800 15,120 4,200 13.7
Red ultimate 8,000 ft. lbs./lb.
3⁄4 20,000 18,000 5,000 16.3
7⁄8 31,000 27,900 7,750 23.7
1 44,000 39,600 11,000 35.2
1-1⁄16 47,000 42,300 11,750 39.5
1-1⁄8 50,000 45,000 12,500 43.3
1-1⁄4 57,200 51,480 14,300 53.5
1-5⁄16 63,000 56,700 15,750 58.0
1-1⁄2 74,800 67,320 18,700 69.3
1-5/8 88,000 79,200 22,000 85.0
1-3/4 100,000 90,000 25,000 104.0
Dielectric Strength
2 125,000 112,500 31,250 124.0 The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Double Esterlon is
1.0 milliamperes at 60 KDC volts when tested in accordance
with Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and
entrained moisture or impurities will increase a rope’s
conductivity dramatically.
of rope. Double Esterlon is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-DE-022.
98
Maxibraid Single Braid
MAXIBRAID SINGLE BRAID

Maxibraid is a single-braid rope constructed of UHMPE fiber. This fiber has the highest
strength-toweight ratio of any synthetic or natural fiber, and it floats. The integral
Maxijacket coating firms the construction, increases wear life, and helps keep
contaminants out of rope. Maxibraid also has extremely low stretch, and it is laid firmer
than Ultrex, sacrificing tensile strength for longevity in tough field conditions.
D ATA
UTILITY ROPE
1⁄4 6,600 5,940 1,320 1.5
5⁄16 9,800 8,820 1,960 2.4
3⁄8 14,300 12,870 2,860 3.5
7⁄16 18,000 16,200 3,600 4.1
Elastic Elongation
1⁄2 26,500 23,850 5,300 6.9
9⁄16 32,000 28,800 6,400 8.0 rope's energy-absorption capability.
5⁄8 39,500 35,550 7,900 9.2
3⁄4 49,000 44,100 9,800 13.0 Green working 312 ft. lbs./lb.
7⁄8 69,000 62,100 13,800 17.8 Red ultimate 5,140 ft. lbs./lb.
1 82,000 73,800 16,400 22.7
1-1⁄8 108,000 97,200 21.600 28.6
1-1⁄4 120,000 108,000 24,000 36.3
1-5⁄16 130,000 117,000 26,000 39.4
1-1⁄2 156,000 140,400 31,200 45.3
1-3⁄4 230,000 207,000 46,000 71.1
2 250,000 225,000 50,000 80.0
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling
operations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of
line’s rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void
normal working-load recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines
for working loads and safe use of rope. Maxibraid is made in to Yale Cordage
Specification #YCI-MB-006.
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Maxibraid is 0.5
milliamperes at 60K DC volts when tested in accordance with
Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and
entrained moisture or impurities will increase a rope’s
99
Ultrex Single Braid
ULTREX SINGLE BRAID

Ultrex is a single-braid rope of 100% UHMPE fiber with our Maxijacket coating for
superior abrasion resistance. Ultrex’s braid angles and twist level are designed to
optimize break strength. With better bend-over-sheave resistance than other high-
modulus fiber ropes, Ultrex has zero water absorption and maintains its flexibility even
in freezing conditions.
D ATA
UTILITY ROPE

3⁄8 20,000 18,000 4,000 3.5
7⁄16 25,700 23,130 5,140 4.6
1⁄2 37,400 33,660 7,480 6.2
9⁄16 45,000 40,500 9,000 7.5
5⁄8 53,000 47,700 10,600 9.5
3⁄4 75,000 67,500 15,000 13.5
1 120,000 108,000 24,000 23.4
rope's energy-absorption capability.
1-1⁄8 148,000 133,200 29,600 31.9
1-1⁄4 172,000 154,800 34,400 37.9 Green working 404 ft. lbs./lb.
1-5⁄16 184,000 165,600 38,800 43.8
Red ultimate 6,188 ft. lbs./lb.
1-1⁄2 230,000 207,000 46,000 57.0
1-5⁄8 285,000 256,500 57,000 65.3
1-3⁄4 330,000 297,000 66,600 77.9
2 390,000 351,000 78,000 91.5
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling
operations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10%
of line’s rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and would
void normal working-load recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for
guidelines for working loads and safe use of rope. Ultrex is to Yale Cordage
Specification #YCI-UX-006.
Dielectric Strength
The maximum allowable leakage for new dry Ultrex is 0.5
milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when tested in accordance with
Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed
and entrained moisture or impurities will increase a rope’s
100
Load Restraints
WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

M E C H A N I C A L A D VA N TA G E • Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release
Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1 handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and
Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1 stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward.
Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder results • If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand
in the following force on the binder. under the handle and push upward. Do not close your
hand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of the
LEVER TYPE: path of the moving handle.
2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force
I N S T R U C T I O N S – R AT C H E T L O A D
R AT C H E T T Y P E : BINDERS
5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force • Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the
L OA D R E S T R A I N T S
ground.
INSTRUCTIONS – LEVER TYPE • Make sure your footing is secure.
LOAD BINDERS
MAINTENANCE OF ALL LOAD
• Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it while
BINDERS
standing on the ground. Position load binder so its
handle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (see • Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,
photo). Be aware of ice, snow, rain, oil, etc. that can nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present – Do
affect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure. not use load binder.
• The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommends • Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever
AGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe). If Binders, and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet
sufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the lever Binders to extend product life and reduce friction wear.
type load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder should be
used.
• If the above recommendation is disregarded and a
cheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and
must slide down the handle until the handle projections
are contacted. The pipe should be secured to the handle, WARNING
for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off the • Failure to use this load binder properly may result in
handle if you lose control and let go. The increased serious injury or even death to you or others.
leverage, by using a cheater pipe, can cause • Do no operate load binder while standing on the load.
deformation and failure of the chain and load binder. • Move handle with caution. It may whip – Keep body
• During and after tightening chain, check load binder clear.
handle position. Be sure it is in the locked position and • Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.
that its bottom side touches the chain link. • You must be familiar with state and federal regulations
• Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during regarding size and number of chain systems required for
transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper securing loads on trucks.
position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the loose • Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as
end of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tie yourself when using load binder.
handle to chain with soft wire. • While under tension, load binder must not bear against
• When releasing load binder, remember there is a great an object, as this will cause side load.
deal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause the • Do not throw these instructions away. Keep them close
load binder handle to move very quickly with great force at hand and share them with any others who use this
when it is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It may load binder.
whip – Keep body clear.
101
Load Restraints – Load Binders
STANDARD LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDER

• Extra heavy construction at leverage point to prevent spreading. Heel of binder toggles away from load, permitting easy release.
• Ball and socket swivel joints at hook assemblies permit a straight line pull.
• Meets or exceeds DOT and CVSA Cargo Securement Tie-Down Guidelines, Nov. 2003.
L-150
MIN-MAX WORKING MIN DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
CHAIN LOAD PROOF ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE
MODEL STD. SIZE LIMIT LOAD STRENGTH EACH LENGTH TAKE UP
(INCHES) PKG. (INCHES) (LBS)* (LBS) (LBS) (LBS) (INCHES) (INCHES) A B C D E F G
7-1 4 5/16 - 3/8 5,400 10,800 19,000 7.02 16.00 4.50 24.13 22.13 17.88 16.00 10.38 10.38 .50
A-1 4 3/8 - 1/2 9,200 18,400 33,000 12.47 18.69 4.50 28.75 25.75 21.25 18.69 12.31 12.38 .63
C-1 4 1/2 - 5/8 13,000 26,000 46,000 19.68 21.00 4.75 31.25 29.75 25.00 21.00 14.63 13.75 .72
WARNING: Failure to read,

understand and follow the use and
inspection instructions could result
in severe personal injury or death.
Do not exceed rated capacities.
STANDARD RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER

• Upgraded for use with Grades 70, 80, and 100 Chain. • Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.
• New design “one piece” forged handle. • One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.
• Continuous take-up feature provides finite adjustment • Ratchet spring rust proofed.
to tie down load. • Easy operating positive ratchet.
• All load bearing or holding parts forged.
L-140
MIN-MAX WORKING
CHAIN LOAD PROOF WEIGHT HANDLE BARREL TAKE
MODEL SIZE LIMIT LOAD EACH LENGTH LENGTH UP DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
(INCHES) (INCHES) (LBS)* (LBS) (LBS) (INCHES) (INCHES) (INCHES) A B C E E1 F F1 G
R-7** 5/16 - 3/8 8,800 17,600 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
R-A** 5/16 - 3/8 8,800 17,600 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
R-C*** 5/16 - 3/8 8,800 17,600 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
* Ultimate Load is 3 times the Working Load limit. ** Meets Grade 100 chain rating for both sizes. *** Meets Grade 100 chain rating for 1/2" size.
102
Load Restraints – Load Binders
BINDER CHAINS
Binder chain assemblies are suitable for truckers, contractors, oil field and highway crews. Grab hook at each end for load
binding, hauling, towing and similar applications. Available in Grade 43, 70 and 80, and a variety of sizes and lengths.
THIS TYPE OF CHAIN IS NOT TO BE USED FOR OVERHEAD LIFTING
BINDING CHAIN ASSEMBLIES
CHAIN SIZE STANDARD WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS.)

(INCHES) LENGTHS (FT.) GRADE 43 GRADE 70 GRADE 80
1/4 20 2,600 3,150 3,500

5/16 20 3,900 4,700 4,500
3/8 20 5,400 6,600 7,300
1/2 20 9,200 11,300 13,000
5/8 20 11,500 ––––– 20,300
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death.
Do not exceed rated capacities.
103
Load Restraints
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES

M E C H A N I C A L C O N S I D E R AT I O N S Alkalis
1. Determine weight of the cargo to be secured, Polyester is subject to degradation by alkalis, ranging
including expected Gravity “G” forces. from little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to some
2. Select tiedown having suitable characteristics – alkalis, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little
for the type of load and environment. to moderate with other alkalis. Each application shall be
evaluated, taking into consideration the following:
3. Tiedowns shall not be loaded in excess of the
a. Type of Alkali c. Concentration
Working Load Limit (WLL). Consideration should be
b. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature
given to the angle from the vertical (cargo tiedown to
load angle) which affects working load capacity.
3. Nylon and polyester webbing shall not be used at
4. Tiedown shall be attached to provide control of the
temperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees
load and positioned in accordance with applicable
C). Both types are routinely used at temperatures as

regulations.
low as -40 degrees F (-40 degrees C).
5. Tiedowns shall not be dragged – on the floor,
4. Tiedowns incorporating aluminum fittings shall
ground, or over an abrasive surface.
not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or
6. Tiedowns shall not be tied into knots, or joined liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.
by knotting.
5. Environments in which synthetic webbing tiedowns
7. Tiedowns shall be pulled from under loads when are continuously exposed to ultra-violet light can
the load is resting on the tiedown. affect the strength of synthetic webbing tiedowns in
8. Tiedowns shall always be protected from being varying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation.
cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or
abrasive surfaces.
a. Factors which can determine the degree of strength
9. Tiedowns with metal fittings shall not be dropped. loss are:
10. The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape 1 – Length of time of continuous exposure
and size to ensure that the fitting will seat properly
2 – Webbing construction and design
in the anchorage point or other attachments. If the
3 – Other environmental factors such as weather
anchor point is inadequate to support the force of the
tiedown system, then the load rating of the tiedown conditions and geographic location.
will be limited to the strength of the anchor point. b. Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of
11. Tiedowns shall not be used for lifting. ultra-violet light.
1 – Store webbing tiedowns in a cool, dry and dark place
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS when not being used for prolonged periods of time.
1. Tiedowns should be stored in a dry and dark 2 – Inspect webbing tiedowns weekly or more often,
place and should not be exposed to sunlight when depending on frequency of use.
not in use. 3 – Impregnate a coating into the webbing.
2. Chemically active environments can affect the c. Visual indications of possible ultra-violet degradation are:
strength of synthetic web tiedowns in varying degrees 1 – Bleaching out of webbing.
ranging from little to total degradation. The tiedown 2 – Increased stiffness of webbing material.
manufacturer should be consulted before tiedowns 3 – Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact
are used or stored in chemically active environments. with the load.
Acids Caution: Degradation can take place without visible indications.

Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from WARNING: • Failure to comply with this warning may result in serious
little to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to some load damage and personal injury or death. • Inspect assembly before
acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little each use. • This tiedown assembly is not to be used for lifting. • Webbing
to moderate with other acids. Each application shall be should not be used if any signs of burning, melting cuts, fraying or
abrasion of fibers or alterations are present. • Hardware strength will
evaluated, taking into consideration the following: be reduced if load path in area of hardware is not in straight line. •
a. Type of Acid c. Concentration Use corner pads to protect webbing from sharp edges. • Refer to
b. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature federal, state or provincial regulations for proper tiedown methods.
104
Load Restraints
RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES

INSPECTION R E PA I R O F T I E D O W N W E B B I N G
Type of Inspection No repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall be
a. Initial Inspection – Before any tiedown is placed in permitted.
service it shall be inspected to ensure that the
correct tiedown is being used as well as to determine WARNING
that the tiedown meets the requirements of the • Failure to comply with this warning may result in
application. serious load damage and personal injury or death.
b. Frequent Inspection – This inspection shall be made • Inspect assembly before each use.
by the person handling the tiedown each time it is • This tiedown assembly is not to be used for lifting.
used. • Webbing should not be used if any signs of burning,
c. Periodic Inspection. This inspection shall be melting cuts, fraying or abrasion of fibers or
conducted by designated personnel. Frequency of alterations are present.
inspection shall be based on: • Hardware strength will be reduced if load path in
1. Frequency of use area of hardware is not in straight line.
2. Severity of service conditions • Use corner pads to protect webbing from sharp
3. Experience gained on the service life of tiedowns edges.
used in similar applications. • Refer to industry local, state, federal, or provincial
4. Inspection should be conducted at least monthly. regulations for proper tiedown methods.
INSPECTION RECORDS
Tiedown inspection records shall be established by
the user.
TIEDOWN REPLACEMENT
A tiedown shall be removed from service if any of the
following are visible.
a. Acid or alkali burns.
b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of
the webbing.
c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles.
d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing stitch
patterns.
e. Excessive abrasive wear.
f. Knots in any part of the webbing.
g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or
broken fittings.
h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to
the strength of the tiedown.
105
Load Restraints – Tiedown Assemblies
POLYESTER CARGO TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES
1 " W I D E R AT C H E T S T R A P
• 10 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and vinyl coated ‘S’ hooks
• Minimum Tensile Strength – 1,200 lbs.
• Working Load Limit – 400 lbs.
2 " W I D E R AT C H E T S T R A P
• 27 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and flat hooks or wire
hooks

• Working Load Limit – 3,300 lbs.
3 " A N D 4 " W I D E R AT C H E T S T R A P
• 27 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and flat or wire hooks
WINCH STRAPS
TUFFY™ BRAND TOWING STRAPS

Tuffy™ Brand Towing Straps are manufactured from 2", 3"
and 4" 9,800 pound tensile Nylon webbing and 2" and 4"
5,000 pound tensile polyester webbing. (Ratings are minimum
tensile strengths per inch of width.)
WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection
instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do
not exceed rated capacities.
106
Load Restraints – Flatbed Products
WELD-ON WINCHES
Weld-on winches are designed to be permanently welded into a fixed position.
From left: Standard Profile, Low Profile, and High Profile.
PORTABLE WINCH
Portable winches (with set screws) allow flexibility of placement along the trailer side channel.
CHROME WINCH BAR

All winch bars feature a knurled non-slip handle. Combination bars are modified for use in tightening chain binders.
107
Truck and SUV Tire Chains
LACLEDE 7MM AND 8 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

• Hardened alloy cross and side chain.
• Boomer hook outside fasteners.
• Available in regular or cam side chain and in singles and dual triples.
Studded Cross Chain Boomer Hook

TIRE CHAINS
Laclede Studded
Chain
LACLEDE 7 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS
SINGLES DUAL TRIPLES

NUMBER OF NUMBER OF
NON CAM CAM WT./PR. CROSS CHAINS NON CAM CAM WT./PR. CROSS CHAINS REPLACEMENT
TIRE SIZES STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS. PER 1/2 PR. STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS. PER 1/2 PR. CROSS CHAIN
10.00-22, 11-24.5 7249R 7249CAM 52/55 14 7449R 7449CAM 95/96 28 7253
LACLEDE 8 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS
SINGLES DUAL TRIPLES

NUMBER OF NUMBER OF
NON CAM CAM WT./PR. CROSS CHAINS NON-CAM CAM WT./PR. CROSS CHAINS REPLACEMENT
TIRE SIZES STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS. PER 1/2 PR. STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS. PER 1/2 PR. CROSS CHAIN
10.00-22, 11-24.5 8249R 8249CAM 80/82 14 8449R 8449CAM 146/149 28 8253
108
LACLEDE SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

• Twist link cross chain.
• Recommended for highway use.
• Available in regular or cam side chain.
TIRE CHAINS
Laclede Single
Truck Chains
Available with CAM
Side Chain
SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

NON CAM CAM TYPE WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN
TIRE SIZES
STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PAIR
7.00-14LT P205/75R14 205/60R17.5 2209R N/A 20 6219 11
185-14 195/75R14LT 28X8.50-14
H70-14ST 27X8.50-14LT LR78-15 7.00-15LT 195/75R15LT 2211R 2211CAM 23 6219 13
H78-14ST H78-15ST 6.70-15LT P215/75R15 7-17.5LT
9-14.5MH P235/75R15 8.00-16.5 225/75R16LT 235/65R17
215/75R14LT 215/75R15LT P225/70R16 255/75R16LT 2216R 2216CAM 23 6221 12
H78-15LT 30X9.50-15 P225/75R16 P235/60R17
P225/75R15 6.50-16LT 205R16 P235/65R17
7.00-15TR 245/75R15LT 235/75R16LT 8-17.5 P255/45R18

7.50-15LT 7.00-16LT 245/70R16LT 8.50-17.5 225/65R18
P275/60R15 8.75-16.5 255/65R16LT 215/70R17.5 235/60R18 2219R 2219CAM 24 6221 13
235/75R15LT 215/80R16LT 8.75-16LT P235/50R18 235/65R18
245/70R15LT 215/85R16LT P235/70R17
NR78-15 LR78-16 235/85R16LT
7.50-15TR 7.50-16LT 7.00-17LT 2221R 2221CAM 25 6221 14
275/60R15LT 9.50-16.5 215/75R17.5
7.50-17 245/70R17LT 225/70R17.5 7.00-18 8-19.5 2214R 2214CAM 27 6221 15
P245/65R15 P245/70R16 255/70R16LT 10-16.5LT P275/60R17

P245/70R15 P245/75R16 265/50R16LT P235/75R17 235/80R17
P255/70515 P255/65R16 265/60R16LT P245/55R17 275/60R17 2229R 2229CAM 24 6225 12
P265/70R15 P255/70R16 275/60R16LT P245/65R17 P255/55R18
P265/75R15 P275/60R16 30X9.50-16LT P245/70R17 255/55R18
255/75R15LT 235/70R16LT 31X11.50 P255/55R17 255/60R18
29X9.50-15 235/80R16 32X9-16LT P255/60R17 235/55R19
P235/70R16 245/75R16LT 32X10.00-16LT P255/65R17 245/55R19
continued on next page
109
LACLEDE SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS continued from previous page
NON CAM CAM TYPE WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN

TIRE SIZES STOCK NO. STOCK NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PAIR
8.25-15TR 255/85R16LT 275/55R20 P275/60R20 2228R 2228CAM 28 6225 14
P275/70R16
7.50-18 265/70R19.5 6.50-20 7.00-20 2233R 2233CAM 39 6251 11
9.00-15TR 9R17.5 8-22.5 255/70R22.5
9.00-16LT 10R17.5 7.50-20 235/80R22.5 2237R 2237CAM 41 6251 12
10-15TR 8.25-20 245/75R22.5 275/70R22.5
11R17.5 9-22.5 QR78-16 2239R 2239CAM 44 6251 13
9.00-20 10-22.5 255/80R22.5 265/75R22.5 2241R 2241CAM 48 6251 14
10.00-20 11-22.5 275/80R22.5 2245R 2245CAM 49 6251 15
TIRE CHAINS
295/75R22.5 305/70R22.5 285/75R24.5 275/80R24.5 2247R 2247CAM 50 6253 14

10.00-22 11-24.5 2249R 2249CAM 53 6253 15
11.00-15TR 11.00-20 12-22.5 12.5-22.5 295/80R22.5 2251R 2251CAM 63 6260 14
12.00-20 13/80R20 11.00-22 315/80R22.5 12-24.5 2255R 2255CAM 67 6263 14
13.00-20 14/80R20 365/80R20 12.00-24 2257R N/A 75 6263 16
14.00-20 14.00R21 13.00-24 2271R N/A 78 6266 16
14.00-24 2273R N/A 87 6266 18
110
LACLEDE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

• Extra heavy-duty for off-road use.
• Available in domestic or import.
TIRE CHAINS
Laclede Single Mud Laclede Dual-Triple Mud
Service Truck Chains Service Truck Chains
SINGLE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

STOCK WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN
TIRE SIZES
NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PAIR
7.00-15TR 9.00-15TR 8.75-16.5 235/70R16LT 215/70R17.5 2435 38 6526 9
7.50-15LT 235/75R15LT 215/85R16LT 245/70R16LT
7.50-15TR 7.00-16LT 225/75R16LT 8-17.5
NR78-15 265/75R15 31X10.50-15 9.50-16.5 235/80R17 2437 41 6526 10
P245/70R15 P275/60R15 LR78-16LT 12-16.5 215/75R17.5
P255/70R15 275/60R15LT 7.50-16LT 7.00-17LT
255/65R15LT 30X9.50-15LT 235/85R16LT
33X10.50-15 7.50-17 7.00-18 225/70R19.5 2439 43 6260 10
245/75R16LT 225/70R17.5 8-19.5 245/70R19.5
285/75R16 285/70R17 2440 48 6260 11
315/75R16 235/75R17.5 7.50-20 235/80R22.5 255/70R22.5 2441 65 6434 11
10.00-15TR 8.25-20 9-22.5 245/75R22.5 255/80R22.5
10-15LT
9.00-20 10-22.5 265/75R22.5 2445 71 6434 12
10.00-20 11-22.5 275/70R22.5 2448 81 6434 13
11.00-20 12-22.5 295/75R22.5 275/80R24.5 2452 83 6434 14
10.00-22 275/80R22.5 11-24.5 285/75R24.5
12.00-20 11.00-22 12-24.5 2486 90 6438 14
13/80R20 315/80R22.5
295/80R22.5 11.00-24 2470 99 6438 15
111
DUAL-TRIPLE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

STOCK WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN
TIRE SIZES
NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PAIR
NR78-15 265/75R15 31X10.50-15 9.50-16.5 4412 66 6256 20
P245/70R15 P275/60R15 LR78-16LT 7.00-17LT
P255/70R15 275/60R15LT 7.50-16LT 235/80R17
255/65R15LT 30X9.5015LT 235/85R16LT 215/75R17.5
10.00-15TR 235/75R17.5 7.50-20 235/80R22.5 255/70R22.5 4435 120 6434 22
10-15LT 8.25-20 9-22.5 245/75R22.5 255/80R22.5
9.00-20 10-22.5 265/75R22.5 4437 130 6434 24
10.00-20 11-22.5 275/70R22.5 4448 138 6434 26
TIRE CHAINS
11.00-20 12-22.5 295/75R22.5 275/80R24.5 4461 151 6434 28

10.00-22 275/80R22.5 11-24.5 285/75R24.5
12.00-20 11.00-22 12-24.5 4486 175 6438 28
13/80R20 315/80R22.5
295/80R22.5 11.00-24 4470 187 6438 30
112
LACLEDE SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY TRUCK CHAINS

• Square link alloy construction for increased durability and traction.
• Reversible for extended use on both sides.
• Well proven product, shorter pitch length design provides more traction than other square link products.
• Ideal for off-road use.
• 7mm and 8mm are available in domestic or import.
TIRE CHAINS
LACLEDE 5.5MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY LIGHT TRUCK
CAM CHAINS
TIRE CHAIN WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAINS
TIRE SIZES STOCK NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PAIR
STOCK NO.
P255/75R15 P235/75R15 225/75R16LT 9-14.5MH 215/75R15LT 2116CAM 27 9311 11
205R16 6.50-16LT 215/75R14LT P235/65R17 8.00-16.5
H78-15LT
P235/70R16 8.75-16.5 255/65R16 245/70R16LT 7.50-15LT 2119CAM 30 9311 12
P245/70R16 215/80R16LT 8.50-17.5 245/75R15LT 8-17.5
P245/75R16 215/85R16LT 235/75R15LT 7.00-15TR
P275/60R15 215/70R17.5 235/75R16LT 7.00-16LT
P265/75R15 215/75R17.5LT 235/85R16LT 245/75R16LT 2121CAM 32 9311 12
275/60R15LT 7.00-17LT 7.50-15TR 7.50-16LT
NR78-15 L78-16LT 9.50-16.5
P245/70R15 235/70R16LT 255/75R15LT 10-16.5 31X11.5-16 2129CAM 29 9311 13
P255/55R18 30X9.50-16 32X9-16 29X9.50-15 P245/65R17
P255/70R15 32X10-16 30X9.50-15 P275/60R16 P255/60R17
255/55R15 235/75R17.5LT
10-15LT 8.25-15 265/70R15LT 265/75R15LT 3110CAM 31 9313 12
KR78-15 255/70R16LT 245/85R16LT 31X10.5-15LT
11-15LT 12-16.5LT 10-17.5 31X10.5-16.5 33X13.5-15 3127CAM 34 9313 13
32X11.5-15LT 34X9.50-15 PR78-16 21X11.5-15LT 22X13.5-16
PR78-15 34X9X16 32X11.5X16 275/70R16LT 275/60R20
P275/60R17 265/70R17LT P265/70R16 245/70R19.5LT 275/55R20
265/75R16LT 225/70R19.5LT 8.25-15TR 255/85R16LT
12-15LT 11L16 285/75R16LT P315/70R15 32X12.50R15 3129CAM 39 9315 14
33X12.50R16.5 33X14X15 36X13X16 31X13.50-15 295/75R16
305/85R16LT 325/60R18 315/75R-16LT 35X13.5-16 35X14.5-15
33X14.5-15 35X12.5-17 35X13.5-15
113
LACLEDE SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY TRUCK CHAINS

LACLEDE 7MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK CHAINS
SINGLE DUAL-TRIPLE
NON CAM NUMBER NON CAM NUMBER CROSS
TIRE SIZES CAM TYPE WT./ OF CAM TYPE WT./ OF CHAIN
STOCK STOCK PR. CROSS STOCK STOCK PR. CROSS STOCK
NO. NO. (LBS.) CHAINS NO. NO. (LBS.) CHAINS NO.
7.00-15TR 7.50-15LT 7.00-16LT 8.75-16.5 8-17.5 2119 N/A 37 9 N/A N/A N/A N/A 9413
8.50-17.5 235/75R15LT 245/70R15LT 215/80R16 215/85R16LT
235/75R16LT 215/70R17.5 245/70R17.5 245/75R15LT
7.50-15TR 7.50-16LT 9.50-16.5 7.00-17LT 235/85R16LT 2121 N/A 41 10 N/A N/A N/A N/A 9413
245/75R16LT 215/75R17.5LT L78-16LT NR78-15 275/60R15LT
10.00-20 11-22.5 275/70R22.5 275/80R22.5 295/75R22.5 2147 2147LG 60 14 4147 4147LG 120 28 9413
305/70R22.5 275/80R24.5 285/75R24.5
10.00-22 11-24.5 2149 2149LG 64 15 4149 4149LG 127 30 9413
TIRE CHAINS
LACLEDE 8MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK CHAINS

SINGLE DUAL-TRIPLE
NON CAM NUMBER NON CAM NUMBER CROSS
TIRE SIZES CAM TYPE WT./ OF CAM TYPE WT./ OF CHAIN
STOCK STOCK PR. CROSS STOCK STOCK PR. CROSS STOCK
NO. NO. (LBS.) CHAINS NO. NO. (LBS.) CHAINS NO.
10.00-20 11-22.5 275/70R22.5 275/80R22.5 295/75R22.5 2145HD 2145HDLG 75 13 4145HD 4145HDLG 136 26 9511
305/70R22.5 275/80R24.5 285/75R24.5
10.00-22 11-24.5 2149HD 2149HDLG 82 14 4149HD 4149HDLG 149 28 9513
114
Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains
LACLEDE GRADER AND EQUIPMENT CHAINS

• Designed for plows, graders, and loaders.
• Heavy duty twist link cross chain.
• 2600 series available in domestic or import.
• 2900 series with v-bar made in the U.S.A.
Laclede Grader and Laclede Reinforced Grader

Equipment Chains and Equipment Chains
TIRE CHAINS
GRADER WT./PR. REPLACEMENT V-BAR GRADER WT./PR. REPLACEMENT CROSS CHAIN
TIRE SIZES STOCK NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN STOCK NO. LBS. CROSS CHAIN PER 1/2 PR.
13.00-24 13.00-25 14.00-20 14.00-21 15.5-25 2612 110 6630 2912 118 6930 14
14.00-24 14.00-25 2615 125 6630 2915 145 6930 16
16.00-20 16.00-21 17.5-25 2624 157 6640 N/A N/A N/A 13
16.00-24 16.00-25 2627 181 6640 2917 170 6917 15
20.5-25 2633 198 6650 N/A N/A N/A 14
18.00-24 18.00-25 18.00-26 2636 211 6650 N/A N/A N/A 15
18.00-33 2642 245 6650 N/A N/A N/A 18
23.5-25 2645 328 6660 N/A N/A N/A 15
26.5-25 30.5R32 710/70R38 755/70R25 800/65R32 2657 419 6670 N/A N/A N/A 17
29.5-25 2672 513 6680 N/A N/A N/A 17
LACLEDE CANADIAN SPEC ROAD GRADER & EQUIPMENT CHAINS

SIDE CHAIN CROSS CHAIN
TIRE STOCK PART WT./PR. STOCK PART WT/CPCS
SIZES NUMBER NUMBER LBS. GAUGE LKS. IN. NUMBER NUMBER LBS. PCS./PR GAUGE LKS. INCHES HOOK N0.
13.00x24 R13375S 7005- 130 9/0 59 128 6630 7136- 298 28 9/0 17 24.92 320
001-02 .375 R51385 630-88 .375
14.00x24 R14375S 7005- 128 9/0 56 121.5 7425 7137- 311 26 9/0 18 26.27 320
015-02 .375 R51730 425-25 .375
14.00x24 R14375D 7005- 208 9/0 56 121.5 7425 7137- 311 52 9/0 18 26.27 320
315-02 .375 R51730 425-25 .375
14.00x24 R14437S 7005- 170 11/0 50 116.5 6640 7136- 445 24 11/0 15 28.2 317
020-02 .437 R52465 640-88 .437
14.00x24 R14437D 7005- 278 11/0 50 116.5 6640 7136- 445 48 11/0 15 28.2 317
320-02 .437 R52465 640-88 .437
14.00x24 R14500S 7005- 214 11/0 50 116.5 N/A N/A N/A 24 14/0 14 29.0 317
025-02 .437 .531
14.00x24 R14500D 7005- 332 11/0 50 116.5 N/A N/A N/A 44 14/0 14 29.0 317
325-02 .437 .531
16.00x24 R15500S 7005- 248 11/0 59 137.5 N/A N/A N/A 28 14/0 14 29.0 317
030-02 .437 .531
16.00x24 R15500D 7005- 419 11/0 59 137.5 N/A N/A N/A 56 14/0 14 29.0 317
330-02 .437 .531
115
Forged Wire Rope Clips
FORGED WIRE ROPE CLIPS

G - 4 5 0 C R O S B Y ® R E D U - B O LT C L I P
• Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.
• Based on the catalog breaking strength of wire rope, Crosby
wire rope clips have an efficiency rating of 80% for 1/8" - 7/8"
sizes, and 90% for sizes 1" through 3-1/2".
• Entire Clip-Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action
• Sizes 1/8" through 2-1/2" have forged bases.
• All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
R I G G I N G H A R DWA R E
• Clip sizes up through 1-1/2" have rolled threads.
G-450
ROPE STANDARD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIAMETER PACKAGE PER 100
(INCHES) QTY. (LBS.) A B C D E F G H
*1/8 100 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94
*3/16 100 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16
1/4 100 19 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44
5/16 100 28 .38 1.38 .75 .88 .72 .69 1.31 1.69
3/8 100 48 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94
7/16 50 78 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.03 .88 1.81 2.28
1/2 50 80 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28
9/16 50 109 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.22 .94 2.06 2.50
5/8 50 110 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50
3/4 25 142 .62 2.75 1.44 1.50 1.41 1.06 2.25 2.84
7/8 25 212 .75 3.12 1.62 1.75 1.59 1.25 2.44 3.16
1 10 252 .75 3.50 1.81 1.88 1.78 1.25 2.63 3.47
1-1/8 10 283 .75 3.88 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.25 2.81 3.59
1-1/4 10 438 .88 4.25 2.13 2.31 2.19 1.44 3.13 4.13
1-3/8 10 442 .88 4.63 2.31 2.38 2.31 1.44 3.13 4.19
1-1/2 10 544 .88 4.94 2.38 2.59 2.44 1.44 3.41 4.44
1-5/8 Bulk 704 1.00 5.31 2.62 2.75 2.66 1.63 3.63 4.75
1-3/4 Bulk 934 1.13 5.75 2.75 3.06 2.94 1.81 3.81 5.28
2 Bulk 1300 1.25 6.44 3.00 3.38 3.28 2.00 4.44 5.88
2-1/4 Bulk 1600 1.25 7.13 3.19 3.88 3.19 2.00 4.50 6.38
2-1/2 Bulk 1900 1.25 7.69 3.44 4.13 3.69 2.00 4.05 6.63
**2-3/4 Bulk 2300 1.25 8.31 3.56 4.38 4.88 2.00 5.00 6.88
3 Bulk 3100 1.50 9.19 3.88 4.75 4.69 2.38 5.88 7.63
**3-1/2 Bulk 4000 1.50 10.75 4.50 5.50 6.00 2.38 6.19 8.38
*Electroplated U-Bolt and Nuts **2-3/4" and 3-1/2" bases are made of cast steel.
116
Forged Wire Rope Clips
FORGED WIRE ROPE CLIPS

S S - 4 5 0 C R O S B Y ® S TA I N L E S S S T E E L
CLIPS
• Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material
traceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.
• Available in sizes 1/8" through 5/8".
• Entire Clip is made from 316 stainless steel to resist corrosive
and rusting action.
• All components are Electro-polished.
• All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
SS-450
ROPE STANDARD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIAMETER PACKAGE PER 100
(INCHES) QTY. (LBS.) A B C D E F G H
1/8 Bulk 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94
3/16 Bulk 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16
1/4 Bulk 20 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44
3/8 Bulk 47 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94
1/2 Bulk 77 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28
5/8 Bulk 106 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50
117
Wedge Sockets
“THE TERMINATOR™” WEDGE SOCKETS

S-421T WEDGE SOCKETS
• Basket is cast steel.
• Wedge socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 80% based on the
catalog strength of XXIP wire rope.
• Individually magnetic particle inspected.
• Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used in
conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets.
• Secures the tail or “dead end” of the wire rope to the wedge, thus
eliminates loss or “Punch out” of the wedge.
• Eliminates the need for an extra piece of wire rope, and is easily installed.
• The TERMINATOR™ wedge eliminates the potential breaking off of the tail
due to fatigue.
• The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the wedge, is left
undeformed and available for reuse.
• Incorporates Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK® “Go” and “No-Go” feature
cast into the wedge. The proper size rope is determined when the
following criteria are met: S-421T*
1. The wire rope should pass through the “Go” hole in the wedge. OPTIONAL
2. The wire rope should NOT pass through the “No-Go” hole in the wedge. WEDGE G-4082
• Utilizes standard Crosby Red U-Bolt® wire rope clip. WIRE ONLY BOLT, NUT
ROPE WEIGHT WEIGHT & COTTER
• Standard S-421 wedge socket can be retrofitted with the new style DIA. EACH EACH WEIGHT
TERMINATOR™ wedge. (INCHES) (LBS.) (LBS.) EACH (LBS.)
• Available with Bolt, Nut, and Cotter Pin. 3/8 3.18 .50 .38
1/2 6.15 1.05 .69
5/8 9.70 1.79 1.15
3/4 14.50 2.60 1.91
7/8 21.50 4.00 3.23
1 30.75 5.37 5.40
1-1/8 45.30 7.30 7.50
1-1/4 64.90 10.60 10.34
S-421T
WIRE ROPE DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIA. (INCHES) A B C D G H J** K** L P R S T U V
3/8 5.69 2.72 .81 .81 1.38 3.06 7.80 1.88 .88 1.56 .44 2.13 .44 1.25 1.38
1/2 6.88 3.47 1.00 1.00 1.62 3.76 8.91 1.26 1.06 1.94 .50 2.56 .53 1.75 1.88
5/8 8.25 4.30 1.25 1.19 2.12 4.47 10.75 1.99 1.22 2.25 .56 3.25 .69 2.00 2.19
3/4 9.88 5.12 1.50 1.38 2.44 5.28 12.36 2.41 1.40 2.63 .66 3.63 .78 2.34 2.56
7/8 11.25 5.85 1.75 1.63 2.69 6.16 14.37 2.48 1.67 3.13 .75 4.31 .88 2.69 2.94
1 12.81 6.32 2.00 2.00 2.94 6.96 16.29 3.04 2.00 3.75 .88 4.70 1.03 2.88 3.28
1-1/8 14.38 6.92 2.25 2.25 3.31 7.62 18.34 2.56 2.25 4.25 1.00 5.44 1.10 3.25 3.56
1-1/4 16.34 8.73 2.62 2.50 3.56 9.39 20.48 2.94 2.34 4.50 1.06 6.13 1.19 4.62 4.94
* S-421T TERMINATOR™ Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin and Wire Rope Clip.
** Nominal
NOTE: For intermediate wire rope sizes, use next larger size socket.
118
Spelter Sockets
GROOVED OPEN SPELTER SOCKETS

• Forged Steel Sockets through 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" through 4".
• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are
based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
NOTICE: All cast Note: Drawing

steel sockets illustrates one
1-5/8" and larger groove used on
are magnetic sockets 1/4"
particle inspected through 3/4".
and ultrasonic Sizes 7/8" through
inspected. Proof 1-1/2" use 2
testing available grooves. Sizes
on special order. 1-5/8" and larger
use 3 grooves.
G-416/S-416
ROPE STRUCTURAL WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIAMETER STRAND DIA. EACH
(INCHES) (INCHES) (LBS.) A C D F G H J L M N
1/4 –––––– 1.10 4.56 .91 .69 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 1.56 1.31 .36
5/16 – 3/8 –––––– 1.30 4.84 .81 .81 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 1.75 1.50 .44
7/16 – 1/2 –––––– 2.25 5.56 1.00 1.00 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 2.00 1.88 .50
9/16 – 5/8 1/2 3.60 6.75 1.25 1.19 .69 1.13 2.25 3.00 2.50 2.25 .56
3/4 9/16 – 5/8 5.83 7.94 1.50 1.38 .81 1.25 2.62 3.50 3.00 2.62 .62
7/8 11/16 – 3/4 9.65 9.25 1.75 1.63 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 3.50 3.13 .80
1 13/16 – 7/8 15.50 10.56 2.00 2.00 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.50 4.00 3.75 .88
1-1/8 15/16 – 1 21.50 11.81 2.25 2.25 1.25 2.00 4.12 5.00 4.62 4.12 1.00
1-1/4 – 1-3/8 1-1/16 – 1-1/8 31.00 13.19 2.50 2.50 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 5.00 4.75 1.13
1-1/2 1-13/16 – 1-1/4 47.25 15.12 3.00 2.75 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 6.00 5.38 1.19
*1-5/8 1-5/16 – 1-3/8 55.00 16.25 3.00 3.00 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 6.50 5.75 1.31
*1-3/4 – 1-7/8 1-7/16 – 1-5/8 82.00 18.25 3.50 3.50 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 7.00 6.50 1.56
*2 – 2-1/8 1-11/16 – 1-3/4 129.00 21.50 4.00 3.75 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 9.00 7.00 1.81
*2-1/4 – 2-3/8 1-13/16 – 1-7/8 167.00 23.50 4.50 4.25 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 10.00 7.75 2.13
*2-1/2 – 2-5/8 1-15/16 – 2-1/8 252.00 25.50 5.00 4.75 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 10.75 8.50 2.38
*2-3/4 – 2-7/8 2-3/16 – 2-7/16 315.00 27.25 5.25 5.00 3.12 4.88 10.50 11.00 11.00 9.00 2.88
*3 – 3-1/8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 380.00 29.00 5.75 5.25 3.38 5.25 11.12 12.00 11.25 9.50 3.00
*3-1/4 – 3-3/8 2-3/4 – 2-7/8 434.00 30.88 6.25 5.50 3.62 5.75 11.88 13.00 11.75 10.00 3.12
*3-1/2 – 3-5/8 3 – 3-1/8 563.00 33.25 6.75 6.00 3.88 6.50 12.38 14.00 12.50 10.75 3.25
*3-3/4 – 4 –––––– 783.00 36.25 7.50 7.00 4.25 7.25 13.62 15.00 13.50 12.50 3.50
* Cast Alloy Steel Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D,
Type A, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
119
Spelter Sockets
GROOVED CLOSED SPELTER SOCKETS

• Forged Steel Sockets through 1-1/2”, cast alloy steel 1-5/8” through 4”.
• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are
based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.
NOTICE: All cast Note: Drawing

steel sockets illustrates one
1-5/8” and larger groove used on
are magnetic sockets 1/4”
particle inspected through 3/4”.
and ultrasonic Sizes 7/8” through
inspected. Proof 1-1/2” use 2
testing available grooves. Sizes
on special order. 1-5/8” and larger

use 3 grooves.
G-417/S-417
ROPE STRUCTURAL WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
DIAMETER STRAND DIA. EACH
(INCHES)** (INCHES) (LBS.) A B C D* F G H J K L
1/4 –––––– .50 4.50 .50 1.50 .88 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 .50 1.75
5/16 - 3/8 –––––– .75 4.88 .62 1.69 .97 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 .69 2.00
7/16 - 1/2 –––––– 1.50 5.44 .69 2.00 1.16 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 .88 2.25
9/16 - 5/8 1/2 2.50 6.31 .81 2.63 1.41 .69 1.12 2.38 3.00 1.00 2.50
3/4 9/16 - 5/8 4.25 7.56 1.06 3.00 1.66 .81 1.25 2.75 3.56 1.25 3.00
7/8 11/16 - 3/4 7.25 8.75 1.25 3.63 1.88 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 1.50 3.50
1 13/16 - 7/8 10.50 9.88 1.38 4.13 2.30 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.44 1.75 4.00
1-1/8 15/16 - 1 14.25 11.00 1.50 4.50 2.56 1.25 2.00 4.13 5.00 2.00 4.50
1-1/4 –1-3/8 1-1/16 – 1-1/8 19.75 12.12 1.63 5.30 2.81 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 2.25 5.00
1-1/2 1-3/16 – 1-1/4 29.20 13.94 1.94 5.33 3.19 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 2.50 6.00
**1-5/8 1-5/16 – 1-3/8 36.00 15.13 2.13 5.75 3.25 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 2.75 6.50
**1-3/4 – 1-7/8 1-7/16 – 1-5/8 57.25 17.25 2.19 6.75 3.75 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 3.00 7.56
**2 – 2-1/8 1-11/16 – 1-3/4 79.00 19.50 2.44 7.63 4.38 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 3.25 8.56
**2-1/4 – 2-3/8 1-13/16 – 1-7/8 105.00 21.13 2.63 8.50 5.00 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 3.63 9.50
**2-1/2 – 2-5/8 1-15/16 – 2-1/8 140.00 23.50 3.12 9.50 5.50 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 4.00 10.62
**2-3/4 – 2-7/8 2-3/16 – 2-7/16 220.00 25.38 3.12 10.75 6.25 3.12 4.88 10.19 11.00 4.88 11.25
**3 – 3-1/8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 276.00 27.00 3.25 11.50 6.75 3.38 5.25 11.50 12.00 5.25 11.75
**3-1/4 – 3-3/8 2-3/4 – 2-7/8 313.00 29.25 4.00 12.25 7.25 3.62 5.75 12.25 13.00 5.75 12.25
**3-1/2 – 3-5/8 3 – 3-1/8 400.00 31.00 4.00 13.00 7.75 3.88 6.50 13.00 14.00 6.25 13.00
**3-3/4 – 4 –––––– 542.00 33.25 4.25 14.25 8.50 4.25 7.25 14.25 15.00 7.00 14.00
* Diameter of pin must not exceed pin used on companion 416 socket. Reference “D” dimensions.
** Cast Alloy Steel
Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D, Type A,
except for those provisions required of the contractor.
120
Open Swage Sockets
S-501 OPEN SWAGE SOCKET

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.
• Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
• Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog
strength of wire rope.
• Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions
in National Swaging Brochure).
Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to
the proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visual
difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created
allowing for a QUIC-CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging
operation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage
dimensions or proof loading.
Note: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL,
FC or IWRC wire rope.
In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*
S-501
S-501 OPEN SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS PRESS/DIE DATA
BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS
MAX. 500
BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS AFTER 1000 1500
ROPE WEIGHT SWAGE SOCKET 1500 3000 1500 3000
SIZE EACH DIM. DIE TON TON TON TON
(INCHES)* (LBS.) A B C D E F H L M N (INCHES) DESC. 5X7 6X12 6X12 6X12
1/4 .52 4.81 .50 1.38 .69 .27 2.13 .69 4.00 .38 1.50 .46 1/4 1192845 –––––– –––––– ––––––
5/16 1.12 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .34 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––
3/8 1.30 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .41 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––
7/16 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .48 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91 7/16–1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1/2 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .55 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91 7/16–1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––
9/16 4.67 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .61 5.31 1.25 8.13 .68 2.25 1.16 9/16–5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––
5/8 4.51 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .67 5.31 1.25 8.13 .68 2.25 1.16 9/16–5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––
3/4 7.97 11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38 .80 6.38 1.50 10.00 .78 2.75 1.42 3/4 1192925 –––––– –––––– ––––––
7/8 11.52 13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62 .94 7.44 1.75 11.63 .94 3.25 1.55 7/8 1192949 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1 17.80 15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 1.06 3.75 1.80 1 1192961 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-1/8 25.25 17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.19 4.25 2.05 1-1/8 1192989 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-1/4 35.56 19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.22 4.75 2.30 1-1/4 1193005 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-3/8 43.75 20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.38 5.25 2.56 1-3/8 1193023 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-1/2 58.50 22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.69 5.75 2.81 1-1/2 1193041 1191267 1195355 1195192
1-3/4 88.75 26.63 3.39 6.69 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 2.11 6.75 3.06 1-3/4 1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209
2 146.25 31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 2.37 8.00 3.56 2 1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218
* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 50% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.
121
Closed Swage Sockets
S-502 CLOSED SWAGE SOCKET

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.
• Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
• Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog
strength of wire rope.
• Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions
in National Swaging Brochure).
Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent to
the proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visual
difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is created
allowing for a QUIC-CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swaging
operation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swage
dimensions or proof loading.
Note: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL,
FC or IWRC wire rope.
In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*
S-502
S-502 CLOSED SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS PRESS/DIE DATA
STOCK NO. SIDE LOAD
MAX. 500
BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS AFTER 1000 1500
ROPE WEIGHT SWAGE SOCKET 1500 3000 1500 3000
SIZE EACH DIM. DIE TON TON TON TON
(INCHES)* (LBS.) A B C D E F H L (INCHES) DESC. 5X7 6X12 6X12 6X12
1/4 .33 4.31 .50 1.38 .75 .27 2.12 .50 3.50 .46 1/4 1192845
5/16 .75 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .34 3.19 .67 4.50 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––
3/8 .72 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .41 3.19 .67 4.50 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––
7/16 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .48 4.25 .86 5.75 .91 7/16-1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1/2 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .55 4.25 .86 5.75 .91 7/16-1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––
9/16 2.92 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .61 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16 9/16-5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––
5/8 2.85 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .67 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16 9/16-5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––
3/4 5.00 10.28 1.55 2.88 1.44 .80 6.38 1.31 8.63 1.42 3/4 1192925 –––––– –––––– ––––––
7/8 6.80 11.94 1.70 3.12 1.69 .94 7.44 1.50 10.13 1.55 7/8 1192949 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1 10.40 13.56 1.98 3.63 2.06 1.06 8.50 1.75 11.50 1.80 1 1192961 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-1/8 14.82 15.03 2.25 4.00 2.31 1.19 9.56 2.00 12.75 2.05 1-1/8 1192989 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-1/4 21.57 16.94 2.53 4.50 2.56 1.33 10.63 2.25 14.38 2.30 1-1/4 1193005 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-3/8 28.54 18.63 2.80 5.00 2.56 1.45 11.69 2.25 15.75 2.56 1-3/8 1193023 –––––– –––––– ––––––
1-1/2 38.06 20.12 3.08 5.50 2.81 1.58 12.75 2.50 17.00 2.81 1-1/2 1193041 1191267 1193355 1195192
1-3/4 51.00 23.56 3.39 6.25 3.56 1.86 14.88 3.00 20.00 3.06 1-3/4 1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209
2 89.25 27.62 3.94 7.25 3.81 2.11 17.00 3.25 23.00 3.56 2 1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218
* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.
122
Round Pin Shackles
ROUND PIN SHACKLES

• Capacities 1/2 thru 35 metric tons.
• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.
• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every
shackle.
• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.
• Fatigue rated.
• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with
certificates to designated standards, such as ABS,
DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for
proof testing and certification available when
requested at the time of order.
• Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can
meet DNV impact requirements of 42 joules at
-20 degrees C.
Round pin anchor shackles
• Look for the Red Pin® – the mark of genuine meet the performance
Crosby quality. requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type
IVA, Grade A, Class 1, except
Round Pin Shackles can be used in tiedown, towing, for those provisions required
suspension or lifting applications where the load is of the contractor.
strictly applied in-line.
G-213 S-213 ROUND PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES

WORKING
NOMINAL LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES) TOLERANCE
SIZE LIMIT EACH +/-
(INCHES) (T)* (LBS.) A B C D E F G H N P C A
1/4 1/2 .13 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.28 1.84 1.34 .25 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .18 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.47 2.09 1.59 .31 .06 .06
3/8 1 .29 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 1.86 .38 .13 .06
7/16 1-1/2 .38 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 2.13 .44 .13 .06
1/2 2 .71 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 2.38 .50 .13 .06
5/8 3-1/4 1.50 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 2.91 .69 .13 .06
3/4 4-3/4 2.32 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 3.44 .81 .25 .06
7/8 6-1/2 3.49 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 3.81 .97 .25 .06
1 8-1/2 5.00 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 4.53 1.06 .25 .06
1-1/8 9-1/2 6.97 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 5.13 1.25 .25 .06
1-1/4 12 9.75 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 5.50 1.38 .25 .06
1-3/8 13-1/2 13.25 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 6.13 1.50 .25 .13
1-1/2 17 17.25 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 6.88 10.00 6.50 1.62 .25 .13
1-3/4 25 29.46 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 8.86 12.34 7.75 2.25 .25 .13
2 35 45.75 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 9.97 13.68 8.75 2.40 .25 .13
Round pin shackles are not suitable for side loading applications.
123
Screw Pin Shackles
SCREW PIN SHACKLES

• Capacities 1/3 thru 55 metric tons.
• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.
• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.
• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.
• Fatigue rated.
• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated
standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges for
proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of
order. Screw pin anchor shackles meet the
performance requirements of Federal
• Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can meet DNV impact Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A,
requirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C. Class 1, except for those provisions required
• Look for the Red Pin® – the mark of genuine Crosby quality. of the contractor.
Screw Pin Shackles can be used in any application where a round pin
shackle is used. In addition, screw pin shackles can be used for
applications involving side-loading circumstances. Reduced working load
limits are required for side-loading applications. While in service, do not
allow the screw pin to be rotated by a live line, such as a choker
application.
S-209 SCREW PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES

WORKING WEIGHT TOLERANCE
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
NOMINAL LOAD EACH +/-
SIZE (IN.) LIMIT* (T) (LBS.) A B C D E F G K L M P C A
3/16 1/3 .06 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 .98 1.47 .16 1.12 .19 .06 .06
1/4 1/2 .10 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.28 1.84 .19 1.38 .25 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .19 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.47 2.09 .22 1.66 .31 .06 .06
3/8 1 .31 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 .38 .13 .06
7/16 1-1/2 .38 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 .44 .13 .06
1/2 2 .72 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 .50 .13 .06
5/8 3-1/4 1.37 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 .69 .13 .06
3/4 4-3/4 2.35 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 .81 .25 .06
7/8 6-1/2 3.62 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 .97 .25 .06
1 8-1/2 5.03 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 1.06 .25 .06
1-1/8 9-1/2 7.41 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 1.25 .25 .06
1-1/4 12 9.50 20.3 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 1.38 .25 .06
1-3/8 13-1/2 13.53 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.83 1.50 .25 .13
1-1/2 17 17.20 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 6.88 10.00 .81 7.35 1.62 .25 .13
1-3/4 25 27.78 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 8.86 12.34 1.00 9.08 2.25 .25 .13
2 35 45.00 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 9.97 13.68 1.22 10.34 2.40 .25 .13
2-1/2 55 85.75 4.13 2.75 10.50 2.71 7.25 5.69 12.87 17.84 1.38 13.00 3.13 .25 .25
124
Alloy Screw Pin Shackles
ALLOY SCREW PIN SHACKLES

• Capacities 2 thru 21 metric tons.
• Forged Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.
• Hot Dip galvanized.
• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.
• Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can meet DNV impact requirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C.
Screw Pin Shackles can be used in any application where a round pin shackle is used. In addition, screw pin shackles can
be used for applications involving side-loading circumstances. Reduced working load limits are required for side-loading
applications. While in service, do not allow the screw pin to be rotated by a live line, such as a choker application.
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the

Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.
G-209A ALLOY SCREW PIN SHACKLES

WORKING TOLERANCE
NOMINAL LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES) +/-
SIZE LIMIT* EACH
(INCHES) (T) (LBS.) A B C D E F G H L M P C A
3/8 2 .31 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 .38 .13 .06
7/16 2-2/3 .38 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 .44 .13 .06
1/2 3-1/3 .63 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 .50 .13 .06
5/8 5 1.38 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 .69 .13 .06
3/4 7 2.25 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 .81 .25 .06
7/8 9-1/2 3.61 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 .97 .25 .06
1 12-1/2 5.32 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 1.06 .25 .06
1-1/8 15 7.25 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 1.25 .25 .06
1-1/4 18 9.88 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 1.38 .25 .06
1-3/8 21 13.25 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.84 1.50 .25 .13
* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit (metric tons) and 2.2 times the Working Load Limit (short tons).
Minimum Ultimate Strength is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for metric tons, and 5 times the Working Load Limit for short tons.
125
Bolt-Type Shackles
BOLT-TYPE SHACKLES Bolt-type

anchor
• Capacities 1/3 thru 150 tons. shackles
(with thin
• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins. head bolt -
• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle. nut with
• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored. cotter pin)
meet the
• Fatigue rated. performance
• Shackles, 55 metric tons and smaller, can be furnished proof tested with requirements
certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other of Federal
Specification
certification. RR-C-271D
• Shackles, 85 metric tons and larger, can be provided as follows. Type IVA,
• Non Destructive Tested Grade A,
Class 3,
• Serialized Pin and Bow except for
• Material Certification (Chemical) Certification must be requested at time of order. those

provisions
required
Bolt-Type Shackles can be used in any application where round pin or screw pin of the
shackles are used. In addition, they are recommended for permanent or long term contractor.
installations and where the load may slide on the shackle pin causing the pin to rotate.
G-2130 S - 2 1 3 0 B O LT T Y P E A N C H O R S H A C K L E S
NOMINAL WORKING
SHACKLE LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES) TOLERANCE
SIZE LIMIT EACH +/-
(INCHES) (T)* (LBS.) A B C D E F H L N C A
3/16 † 1/3 .06 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 1.47 .98 .19 .06 .06
1/4 1/2 .11 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.84 1.28 .25 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .22 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 2.09 1.47 .31 .06 .06
3/8 1 .33 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 2.49 1.78 .38 .13 .06
7/16 1-1/2 .49 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.91 2.03 .44 .13 .06
1/2 2 .79 .81 .64 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 3.28 2.31 .50 .13 .06
5/8 3-1/4 1.68 1.06 .77 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 4.19 2.94 .69 .13 .06
3/4 4-3/4 2.72 1.25 .89 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 4.97 3.50 .81 .25 .06
7/8 6-1/2 3.95 1.44 1.02 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 5.83 4.03 .97 .25 .06
1 8-1/2 5.66 1.69 1.15 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 6.56 4.69 1.06 .25 .06
1-1/8 9-1/2 8.27 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 7.47 5.16 1.25 .25 .06
1-1/4 12 11.71 2.03 1.40 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 8.25 5.75 1.38 .25 .06
1-3/8 13-1/2 15.83 2.25 1.53 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 9.16 6.38 1.50 .25 .13
1-1/2 17 20.80 2.38 1.66 5.75 1.53 3.88 3.63 10.00 6.88 1.62 .25 .13
1-3/4 25 33.91 2.88 2.04 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 12.34 8.80 2.25 .25 .13
2 35 52.25 3.25 2.30 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 13.68 10.15 2.40 .25 .13
2-1/2 55 98.25 4.13 2.80 10.50 2.71 7.25 5.69 17.90 12.75 3.13 .25 .25
3 85** 154.00 5.00 3.30 13.00 3.12 7.88 6.50 21.50 14.62 3.62 .25 .25
3-1/2 † 120** 265.00 5.25 3.76 14.63 3.62 9.00 8.00 24.88 17.02 4.38 .25 .25
4 † 150** 338.00 5.50 4.26 14.50 4.00 10.00 9.00 25.68 18.00 4.56 .25 .25
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
** Individually Proof Tested with certification.
† Furnished in Anchor style only and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handles.
126
Bolt-Type Shackles
Bolt-Type Shackles can be used in any application where round pin or screw pin shackles are used. In addition, they are
recommended for permanent or long term installations and where the load may slide on the shackle pin causing the pin to rotate.
Bolt-type chain shackles (with thin hex head
bolt - nut with cotter pin) meet the
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A,
Class 3, except for those provisions required
of the contractor.
G-2150 S - 2 1 5 0 B O LT T Y P E C H A I N S H A C K L E S
NOMINAL WORKING
SIZE LIMIT EACH +/-
(INCHES) (T)* (LBS.) A B D F G K M P R G A
1/4 1/2 .13 .47 .31 .25 .62 .91 1.59 .97 1.56 .25 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .23 .53 .38 .31 .75 1.07 1.91 1.15 1.82 .31 .06 .06
3/8 1 .33 .66 .44 .38 .92 1.28 2.31 1.42 2.17 .38 .13 .06
7/16 1-1/2 .49 .75 .50 .44 1.06 1.48 2.67 1.63 2.51 .44 .13 .06
1/2 2 .75 .81 .64 .50 1.18 1.66 3.03 1.81 2.80 .50 .13 .06
5/8 3-1/4 1.47 1.06 .77 .63 1.50 2.04 3.76 2.32 3.56 .63 .13 .06
3/4 4-3/4 2.52 1.25 .89 .75 1.81 2.40 4.53 2.75 4.15 .81 .25 .06
7/8 6-1/2 3.85 1.44 1.02 .88 2.10 2.86 5.33 3.20 4.82 .97 .25 .06
1 8-1/2 5.55 1.69 1.15 1.00 2.38 3.24 5.94 3.69 5.39 1.00 .25 .06
1-1/8 9-1/2 7.60 1.81 1.25 1.13 2.68 3.61 6.78 4.07 5.90 1.25 .25 .06
1-1/4 12 10.81 2.03 1.40 1.25 3.00 3.97 7.50 4.53 6.69 1.38 .25 .06
1-3/8 13-1/2 13.75 2.25 1.53 1.38 3.31 4.43 8.28 5.01 7.21 1.50 .25 .13
1-1/2 17 18.50 2.38 1.66 1.50 3.62 4.87 9.05 5.38 7.73 1.62 .25 .13
1-3/4 25 31.40 2.88 2.04 1.75 4.19 5.82 10.97 6.38 9.33 2.12 .25 .13
2 35 46.75 3.25 2.30 2.10 5.00 6.82 12.74 7.25 10.41 2.36 .25 .13
2-1/2 55 85.00 4.12 2.80 2.63 5.68 8.07 14.85 9.38 13.58 2.63 .25 .25
3 85** 124.25 5.00 3.25 3.00 6.50 8.56 16.87 11.00 15.13 3.50 .25 .25
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
** Individually Proof Tested with certification.
127
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles
ALLOY BOLT-TYPE SHACKLES

G / S 2 1 4 0 B O LT- T Y P E A N C H O R S H A C K L E
• Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every shackle.
• Alloy bows – Alloy bolts.
• Quenched and Tempered.
• All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.2 times the Working Load Limit.
• Shackles 200 metric tons and larger are provided as follows.
• Non-destructive Tested
• Serialized Pin and Bow
• Material Certification (Chemical)
• Magnetic Particle Inspected All 2140 shackles 110 tons and larger are
• Forged Alloy Steel 30 thru 175 metric tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 thru 400 magnetic particle inspected. Certification
available on special request.
metric tons.
• Pins are galvanized and painted red.
• Certification must be requested at time of order.
G-2140 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-

271D, Type IV A, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.
G-2140 S - 2 1 4 0 B O LT- T Y P E A N C H O R S H A C K L E S
NOMINAL WORKING
SIZE LIMIT EACH +/-
(INCHES) (T)* (LBS.) A B C D E F G H J K L A E
1-1/2 30 20.8 2.38 3.63 1.62 1.66 5.75 1.39 6.88 7.73 10.00 3.88 1.53 .13 .25
1-3/4 40 33.9 2.88 4.19 2.25 2.04 7.00 1.75 8.80 9.33 12.34 5.00 1.84 .13 .25
2 55 52.0 3.25 4.81 2.40 2.30 7.75 2.00 10.15 10.41 13.68 5.75 2.08 .13 .25
2-1/2 85 96.0 4.12 5.81 3.12 2.71 10.50 2.62 12.75 13.58 17.70 7.25 2.71 .25 .25
3 120 178.0 5.00 6.50 3.62 3.30 13.00 3.00 14.62 15.13 21.50 7.88 3.12 .25 .25
3 -1/2 † 150 265.0 5.25 8.00 4.38 3.76 14.63 3.75 17.02 19.00 24.88 9.00 3.62 .25 .25
4 † 175 338.0 5.50 9.00 4.56 4.00 14.50 4.00 18.00 19.75 25.68 10.00 4.00 .25 .25
4-3/4** † 200 450.0 7.25 10.50 6.00 4.75 15.69 3.75 21.00 20.59 29.25 11.00 4.50 .25 .25
5** † 250 600.0 8.50 12.00 6.50 5.00 20.06 3.88 24.50 22.06 35.00 13.00 4.50 .25 .25
6** † 300 775.0 8.38 12.00 6.75 6.00 19.56 6.43 25.00 24.44 35.25 13.00 5.00 .25 .25
7** † 400 1102.0 8.25 14.00 7.25 7.00 22.56 6.50 26.00 28.06 40.25 13.00 6.00 .25 .25
* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 400 metric tons.
For sizes 30 thru 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
**Cast Alloy Steel.
† Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
128
COLD TUFF ® Shackles
COLD TUFF SHACKLES

• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy bolt.
• G-2130CT – Carbon Steel
• G-2140CT – Alloy Steel
• Individually Serialized with Certification.
• Fatigue rated (G-2130CT only).
• All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.0 times the Working Load Limit.
• Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer or Hot Dipped Galvanized.
• Bow and Bolt are Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min.
ave. at -4ºF.
• Individually Mag Inspected with certification.
• Type Approval and certification in accordance with DNV Specification 2.7-1
Offshore Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances - Loose Gear.
• COLDTUFF® shackles are suitable for use at -50ºF.
G-2130CT
Bolt-type anchor shackle (with thin head bolt - nut with cotter pin) meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA,
Grade A, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
NOMINAL WORKING TOLERANCE
SHACKLE LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES) +/-
SIZE LIMIT EACH
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.) A B C D E F H L N P A C
3/4 4-3/4 2.72 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 4.97 3.50 .81 4.25 .06 .25
7/8 6-1/2 3.87 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 5.83 4.03 .97 4.71 .06 .25
1 8-1/2 5.66 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.03 2.69 2.38 6.56 4.69 1.06 5.38 .06 .25
1-1/8 9-1/2 8.26 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 7.47 5.16 1.25 5.90 .06 .25
1-1/4 12 11.71 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 8.25 5.75 1.38 6.63 .06 .25
1-3/8 13-1/2 15.1 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.38 3.63 3.31 9.16 6.38 1.50 7.21 .13 .25
1-1/2 17 20.8 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 10.00 6.88 1.62 7.66 .13 .25
1-3/4 25 33.9 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 12.34 8.86 2.25 9.19 .13 .25
* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. 4-3/4 tons - 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
200 tons and larger, Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
129
R I G G I N G H A R DWA R E COLD TUFF ® Shackles
G-2140CT
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
NOMINAL WORKING
SIZE LIMIT EACH +/-
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.) A B C D E F H L N P A C
1-1/2 30 20.8 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 10.00 6.88 1.62 7.66 .13 .25
1-3/4 40 33.9 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 12.34 8.86 2.25 9.19 .13 .25
2 55 52.0 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 13.68 9.97 2.40 10.16 .13 .25
2-1/2 85 96.0 4.12 2.75 10.50 2.72 7.25 5.69 17.84 12.87 3.12 12.94 .25 .25
3 120 178.0 5.00 3.25 13.00 3.11 7.88 6.50 21.50 14.36 3.62 16.50 .25 .25
3-1/2 † 150 265.0 5.25 3.75 14.63 3.62 9.00 8.00 24.62 16.50 4.12 19.00 .25 .25
4 † 175 338.0 5.50 4.25 14.5 4.10 10.00 9.00 25.69 18.42 4.56 19.75 .25 .25
4-3/4 † 200 450.0 7.25 4.75 15.62 4.50 11.00 10.50 29.25 21.00 6.00 20.50 .25 .25
5 † 250 600.0 8.50 5.00 20.00 4.50 13.00 12.00 35.00 24.50 6.50 21.97 .25 .25
* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. 4-3/4 tons - 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.
200 tons and larger, Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
† Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
130
Wide Body Shackles
WIDE BODY SHACKLES

• All sizes Quenched and Tempered for maximum strength.
• Forged alloy steel from 30 through 300 metric tons.
• Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.
• Sizes 300 tons and smaller are proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.
• Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times Working Load Limit.
• All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow.
• Bows and pins are furnished Dimetcoted. All Pins are Dimetcoded then painted red.
• Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.
• Can be used to connect HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Web Slings.
• Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58% gain in sling bearing
surface and eliminates need for a thimble.
• Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.
• Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handles for easier use (300t and larger).
• All 2160 shackles are individually proof tested and magnetic particle
inspected. Crosby certification available at time of order.
• Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are available upon
special request and must be specified at time of order.
• Shackles are produced in accordance with certified lifting appliance requirements.
• Non-Destructive Testing
• Serialization/Identification
• Material Testing (Physical/Chemical/Charpy)
• Proof Testing
G-2160 WIDE BODY SHACKLES

WORKING
LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
LIMIT EACH
(TONS)* (LBS.) A B +/- .25 C D +/- .02 E G H J K P R
† 30 25 7.73 2.37 1.38 1.63 3.50 2.50 7.00 3.13 2.50 8.50 11.38
† 40 35 9.32 2.88 1.75 2.00 4.00 1.75 8.13 3.75 3.00 10.62 13.62
† 55 71 10.41 3.25 2.00 2.27 4.63 2.00 9.42 4.50 3.50 12.26 15.63
† 75 99 14.37 4.13 2.12 2.75 5.00 2.55 11.60 4.75 3.64 12.28 18.41
† 125 161 16.51 5.12 2.56 3.15 5.71 3.15 14.43 5.91 4.33 14.96 22.65
† 200 500 20.67 5.91 3.35 4.12 7.28 4.33 18.98 8.07 5.41 19.49 29.82
† 300 811 24.20 7.38 4.00 5.25 9.25 5.47 23.69 10.38 6.31 23.38 37.26
†† 400 1,041 30.06 8.66 5.16 6.30 11.81 6.30 22.71 12.60 7.28 27.17 38.78
†† 500 1,378 32.99 9.84 5.59 7.09 12.52 6.69 24.88 13.38 8.86 31.10 42.71
†† 600 1,833 35.39 10.83 6.04 7.87 13.78 7.28 27.64 14.56 9.74 34.06 47.24
†† 700 2,446 38.91 11.81 6.59 8.46 14.80 7.87 29.04 15.74 10.63 37.01 50.17
†† 800 3,016 43.50 12.80 7.19 9.06 15.75 8.27 29.62 16.54 10.92 38.39 52.09
†† 900 3,436 43.60 13.78 7.78 9.84 16.93 8.66 30.02 17.32 11.51 40.35 54.04
†† 1000 4,022 45.98 14.96 8.33 10.63 17.72 9.06 30.02 18.12 12.11 43.32 55.32
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
† Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
†† Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.
131
Alloy Master Links
ALLOY MASTER LINKS

• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.
• Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit, unless otherwise
noted, with certification.
• Proof tested with fixture sized to prevent localized point loading per ASTM A952.
• Proof test certification shipped with each link.
• Sizes from 1/2" to 2" are drop forged.
A-342 ALLOY MASTER LINKS

WORKING DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
SIZE LOAD PROOF WEIGHT
“A” LIMIT LOAD EACH DEFORMATION
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.)** (LBS.) B C INDICATOR

1/2 7,000 14,000 .82 2.50 5.00 3.00
5/8 9,000 18,000 1.52 3.00 6.00 3.50
3/4 12,300 28,400 2.07 2.75 5.50 3.50
7/8 15,000 30,000 3.50 3.75 6.38 4.50
1 24,360 48,700 4.85 3.50 7.00 4.50
1-1/4 36,200 72,400 9.57 4.38 8.75 5.50
1-1/2 54,300 113,200 16.22 5.25 10.50 6.50
1-3/4 84,900 169,800 25.22 6.00 12.00 7.50
2 102,600 205,200 37.04 7.00 14.00 9.00
†† 2-1/4 143,100 289,200 54.10 8.00 16.00 –––––
†† 2-1/2 160,000 320,000 67.75 8.00 16.00 –––––
†† 2-3/4 216,900 433,800 87.70 9.50 16.00 –––––
†† 3 228,000 456,000 115.00 9.00 18.00 –––––
†† 3-1/4 262,200 524,400 145.00 10.00 20.00 –––––
†† 3-1/2 279,000 558,000 200.00 12.00 24.00 –––––
†† 3-3/4 336,000 672,000 198.00 10.00 20.00 –––––
†† 4 373,000 746,000 228.00 10.00 20.00 –––––
†† 4-1/4 354,000 708,000 302.00 12.00 24.00 –––––
†† 4-1/2 360,000 720,000 345.00 14.00 28.00 –––––
†† 4-3/4 389,000 778,000 436.00 14.00 28.00 –––––
†† 5 395,000 790,000 516.00 15.00 30.00 –––––
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line
load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.
** Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A952(8.1) and ASME B30.9-1.4
for the chain size and number of legs.
†† Welded Master Link.
For use with chain slings.
132
Alloy Master Links
ALLOY MASTER LINKS

A - 3 4 5 M A S T E R L I N K A S S E M B LY
• Individually proof tested at 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.
• Proof Test certification shipped with each link.
WORKING DIMENSIONS (INCHES) ENGINEERED
“A” LOAD WEIGHT FLAT FOR
SIZE LIMIT EACH DEFORMATION S-325A
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.) B C D E F G INDICATOR (IN.) - (MM)
3/4 12,300 2.60 2.75 5.50 .56 3.35 1.57 .30 3.50 1/4 - 5/16, 7-8mm
1 24,360 6.10 3.50 7.00 .69 3.94 2.36 .33 4.50 3/8, 10mm
1-1/4 36,200 13.20 4.38 8.75 .88 6.30 3.54 .53 5.50 1/2, 13mm
1-1/2 54,300 24.20 5.25 10.50 1.13 7.09 3.94 .65 6.50 5/8, 16mm
1-3/4 84,900 35.60 6.00 12.00 1.38 8.00 5.00 .73 7.50 3/4, 20mm
2 102,600 57.30 7.00 14.00 1.50 9.00 5.75 –––––– 9.00 No Flat
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included
angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.
For use with chain slings.
133
COLD TUFF ® Fittings
COLD TUFF FITTINGS

• Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.
• Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer.
• Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min. ave. at -4ºF.
• Individually serialized and all certification shipped with each link.
• Links are certified in accordance with DNV specification 2.7-1-Offshore
Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances – Loose Gear.
• COLD TUFF® master links are suitable for use at -50ºF.
A-342CT MASTER LINKS

WORKING
SIZE LIMIT EACH DEFORMATION
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.) A B C D E INDICATOR
1-1/4 35,160 9.75 1.25 4.38 8.75 6.88 11.25 5.50
1-1/2 47,880 17.12 1.50 5.25 10.50 8.25 13.50 6.50
1-3/4 62,520 26.12 1.75 6.00 12.00 9.50 15.50 7.50
2 97,680 41.12 2.00 7.00 14.00 11.00 18.00 9.00
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
A - 3 4 5 C T M A S T E R L I N K A S S E M B LY
• Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.
• Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer.
• Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min. ave. at -4ºF.
• Individually serialized and all certification shipped with each link.
• Links are certified in accordance with DNV specification 2.7-1-Offshore
Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances – Loose Gear.
• COLD TUFF® master links are suitable for use at -50ºF.
WORKING
SIZE LIMIT EACH
(INCHES) (TONS)* (LBS.) A B C
1-1/4 35,160 30.0 1.25 4.38 8.75
1-1/2 47,880 51.0 1.50 5.25 10.50
1-3/4 62,520 78.0 1.75 6.00 12.00
2 97,680 123.0 2.00 7.00 14.00
134
Pear Shaped Links
PEAR SHAPED LINKS

• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered
• Individually Proof Tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with certification.
• Proof Test certification shipped with each link.
• Sizes 1/2", 5/8", 3/4", and 1" are drop forged.
A-341 ALLOY PEAR SHAPED LINKS
WORKING WEIGHT
SIZE A LOAD LIMIT EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) B C D E F
1/2 7,000 .55 1.50 1.00 4.00 3.00 .50
5/8 9,000 1.10 1.88 1.25 5.00 3.75 .63
3/4 12,300 1.76 2.25 1.50 6.00 4.50 .75
7/8 † † 14,000 2.82 2.63 1.75 7.00 5.25 .88
1 24,360 4.22 3.00 2.00 8.00 6.00 1.00
1-1/8 †† 30,600 6.25 3.38 2.25 8.75 6.75 1.13
1-1/4 †† 36,000 8.25 3.75 2.50 10.00 7.50 1.25
1-3/8 †† 43,000 11.25 4.13 2.75 11.00 8.25 1.38
1-1/2 †† 54,300 14.25 4.50 3.00 12.00 9.00 1.50
1-5/8 †† 62,600 18.50 4.88 3.25 13.00 9.75 1.63
1-3/4 †† 84,900 22.50 5.25 3.50 14.00 10.50 1.75
1-7/8 †† 95,800 9.00 5.63 3.75 15.00 11.25 1.88
2 †† 10,2600 34.00 6.00 4.00 16.00 12.00 2.00
2-1/4 †† 143,100 48.00 6.75 4.50 18.00 13.50 2.25
2-1/2 †† 147,300 66.00 7.50 5.00 20.00 15.00 2.50
2-3/4 †† 216,900 88.00 8.25 5.50 22.00 16.50 2.75
3 †† 228,000 114.00 9.00 6.00 24.00 18.00 3.00
3-1/4 †† 262,200 146.00 9.75 6.50 26.00 19.50 3.25
3-1/2 †† 279,000 181.00 10.50 7.00 28.00 21.00 3.50
4 †† 373,000 271.00 12.00 8.00 32.00 24.00 4.00
* Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or
equal to 120º. Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
† † Welded Link
135
Pear Shaped Links
G-341/S-341 WELDLESS SLING LINKS

• Forged carbon steel – Quenched and Tempered.
• Self Colored or Hot Dip galvanized.
WORKING
SIZE LOAD LIMIT WEIGHT
A SINGLE PULL EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) B C D E F
3/8 1,800 .23 1.13 .75 3.00 2.25 .38
1/2 2,900 .55 1.50 1.00 4.00 3.00 .50
5/8 4,200 1.06 1.87 1.25 5.00 3.75 .63
3/4 6,000 1.88 2.25 1.50 6.00 4.50 .75
7/8 8,300 2.75 2.63 1.75 7.00 5.25 .88
1 10,800 4.35 3.00 2.00 8.00 6.00 1.00
1-1/4 16,750 7.60 4.00 2.50 10.25 7.50 1.25
1-3/8 20,500 11.30 4.13 2.75 11.00 8.25 1.38
* Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on
multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120ºF.
136
Swivels
S W I V E L S E Q U I P P E D W I T H TA P E R E D R O L L E R T H R U S T B E A R I N G
SWIVEL WORKING WIRE ROPE WEIGHT S-1 S-2
NUMBER LOAD LIMIT* SIZE EACH J AW & H O O K J AW & J AW
(TYPE) (METRIC TONS) (INCHES) (LBS.)
3-S-1 3 1/2 9.81
3-S-2 3 1/2 9.63
3-S-3 3 1/2 9.12
3-S-4 3 1/2 9.00
3-S-5 3 1/2 8.50
3-S-6 3 1/2 9.32
5-S-1 5 5/8 15.51
5-S-2 5 5/8 13.69
5-S-3 5 5/8 13.50
5-S-4 5 5/8 12.33
5-S-5 5 5/8 11.30
5-S-6 5 5/8 14.24
8-1/2 -S-1 8-1/2 3/4 29.42 S-3 S-4
8-1/2 -S-2 8-1/2 3/4 26.16 J AW & E Y E E Y E & J AW
8-1/2 -S-3 8-1/2 3/4 24.90
8-1/2 -S-4 8-1/2 3/4 29.00
8-1/2 -S-5 8-1/2 3/4 29.25
8-1/2 -S-6 8-1/2 3/4 32.00
10 -S-1 10 7/8 46.75
10 -S-2 10 7/8 45.75
10 -S-3 10 7/8 43.50
10 -S-4 10 7/8 44.00
10 -S-5 10 7/8 42.00
10 -S-6 10 7/8 45.50
15 -S-1 15 1 73.75
15 -S-2 15 1 62.75
15 -S-3 15 1 61.00 S-5 S-6
15 -S-4 15 1 61.00
EYE & EYE EYE & HOOK
15 -S-5 15 1 49.00
15 -S-6 15 1 63.00
25 -S-1 25 –––––– 140.00
25 -S-2 25 –––––– 140.00
25 -S-3 25 –––––– 135.00
25 -S-4 25 –––––– 135.00
25 -S-5 25 –––––– 130.00
25 -S-6 25 –––––– 135.00
35 -S-1 35 –––––– 220.00
35 -S-2 35 –––––– 155.00
35 -S-3 35 –––––– 150.00
35 -S-4 35 –––––– 150.00 * Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.
35 -S-5 35 –––––– 145.00 Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
35 -S-6 35 –––––– 215.00
45 -S-1 45 –––––– 251.00
45 -S-2 45 –––––– 235.00
45 -S-3 45 –––––– 225.00
45 -S-4 45 –––––– 225.00
45 -S-5 45 –––––– 215.00
45 -S-6 45 –––––– 270.00
137
Forged Swivels
FORGED SWIVELS
• Hot dip Galvanized.
• Quenched and Tempered.
• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and
temperature requirements. Importantly, products meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life,
impact properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
G-401 CHAIN SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type VII, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.
WORKING
SIZE LIMIT* EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.) (LBS.) A B C D E G J M R U V
1/4 850 .13 1.25 .69 .75 .62 1.12 .25 .69 .31 2.25 1.69 1.25
5/16 1,250 .25 1.63 .81 1.00 .75 1.38 .31 .81 .38 2.72 2.06 1.47
3/8 2,250 .54 2.00 .94 1.25 1.00 1.75 .38 1.00 .50 3.44 2.50 1.88
1/2 3,600 1.12 2.50 1.31 1.50 1.25 2.25 .50 1.31 .63 4.25 3.19 2.44
5/8 5,200 2.09 3.00 1.56 1.75 1.50 2.75 .62 1.50 .75 5.13 3.88 2.94
3/4 7,200 3.09 3.50 1.75 2.00 1.75 3.25 .75 1.88 .88 5.78 4.94 3.46
138
Forged Swivels
G-402 REGULAR SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type
VII, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
WORKING
SIZE LIMIT* EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.) (LBS.) A B C D J M R S
1/4 850 .21 1.25 .69 .75 1.06 .69 .31 2.94 1.69
5/16 1,250 .39 1.63 .81 1.00 1.25 .81 .38 3.56 2.06
3/8 2,250 .71 2.00 .94 1.25 1.50 1.00 .50 4.31 2.50
1/2 3,600 1.32 2.50 1.31 1.50 2.00 1.31 .63 5.44 3.19
5/8 5,200 2.49 3.00 1.56 1.75 2.38 1.50 .75 6.56 3.88
3/4 7,200 4.02 3.50 1.75 2.00 2.64 1.88 .88 7.19 4.31
7/8 10,000 6.25 4.00 2.06 2.25 3.06 2.13 1.00 8.38 5.00
1 12,500 8.95 4.50 2.31 2.50 3.50 2.38 1.13 9.63 5.75
1-1/4 18,000 16.37 5.63 2.69 3.13 3.69 3.00 1.63 11.44 6.75
1-1/2 45,200 45.79 7.00 3.88 4.00 4.19 4.00 2.25 17.13 10.00
G-403 JAW END SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type VII, Class 3, except for those provisions
required of the contractor. (U.S. Patent 5,381,650 and other equivalents).
WORKING
SIZE LIMIT* EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.) (LBS.) A B C G J K L M N P R U V
1/4 850 .21 1.25 .69 .75 .69 .69 .47 1.03 .31 .88 .25 2.63 1.69 1.69
5/16 1,250 .34 1.63 .81 1.00 .81 .81 .50 1.13 .38 .88 .31 2.94 2.06 1.81
3/8 2,250 .66 2.00 .94 1.25 1.00 1.00 .63 1.41 .50 1.06 .38 3.63 2.50 2.25
1/2 3,600 1.34 2.50 1.31 1.50 1.31 1.31 .75 1.75 .63 1.31 .50 4.50 3.19 2.88
5/8 5,200 2.48 3.00 1.56 1.75 1.63 1.50 .94 2.06 .75 1.50 .63 5.31 3.88 3.44
3/4 7,200 3.88 3.50 1.75 2.00 1.88 1.88 1.13 2.53 .88 1.75 .75 6.06 4.31 4.00
7/8 10,000 5.87 4.00 2.06 2.25 2.13 2.13 1.19 2.75 1.00 2.06 .88 7.00 5.00 4.53
1 12,500 9.84 4.50 2.31 2.50 2.63 2.38 1.75 3.72 1.13 2.81 1.13 8.56 5.75 5.94
1-1/4 18,000 15.75 5.69 2.69 3.13 3.13 3.00 2.06 4.31 1.63 2.81 1.38 9.75 7.06 6.38
1-1/2 45,200 54.75 7.00 3.88 4.00 5.63 4.00 2.88 6.00 2.25 4.44 2.25 14.25 10.00 10.84
139
Hoist Hooks
HOOK HOISTS S-320
EYE HOOKS
Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which
address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features:
Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle

which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These
indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other
included angles between two sling legs.
Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one

just below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which
allow for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to determine if the

throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload. S-320Ñ
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to

measure the distance between the marks. The marks should
align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring
device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook
should be inspected further for possible damage.
WORKING LOAD DIMENSIONS (INCHES) DEFORMATION

LIMIT* (TONS) INDICATOR
CARBON ALLOY A B C D F G H J K M O P Q T AA
3/4 † 1† 4.42 1.47 3.34 2.83 1.25 .73 .81 .90 .63 .63 .89 2.00 .75 .87 1.50
1† 1-1/2 † 5.07 1.75 3.81 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 .71 .91 2.24 .91 .98 2.00
1-1/2 † 2† 5.64 2.13 4.14 3.53 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.00 .88 .88 1.00 2.50 1.13 1.03 2.00
2† 3† 6.39 2.41 4.69 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 .94 1.09 2.82 1.25 1.16 2.00
3† 5† 7.90 2.94 5.77 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 1.31 1.36 3.51 1.56 1.53 2.50
5† 7† 10.09 3.81 7.37 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06 1.75 1.66 1.66 1.61 4.52 2.00 1.96 3.00
7-1/2 † 11 † 12.43 4.66 9.07 7.45 3.00 2.25 2.63 2.29 1.88 1.63 2.08 5.40 2.44 2.47 4.00
10 † 15 † 13.94 5.38 10.08 8.30 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.50 2.19 1.94 2.27 6.00 2.84 2.62 4.00
15 † 22 † 17.09 6.63 12.53 10.30 4.25 3.00 3.50 3.30 2.69 2.38 3.02 6.93 3.50 2.83 5.00
20 †† 30 †† 19.47 7.00 14.06 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62 4.00 3.00 ––– 3.25 8.78 3.50 3.44 6.50
25 †† 37 †† 24.81 8.50 18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00 4.25 3.62 ––– 3.00 11.38 4.50 3.88 7.00
30 †† 45 †† 27.44 9.31 20.12 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50 4.75 3.72 ––– 3.38 12.63 4.94 4.75 8.00
40 †† 60 †† 32.31 10.75 23.72 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50 5.75 4.44 ––– 4.12 14.81 5.69 5.69 10.00
† New 320N Style Hook. †† S-320 Style Hook.
* NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4TC-22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC-60TA), Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All
Carbon hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton - average straightening
load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times
Working Load Limit. All Alloy shank hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks - average
straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit. † New 320N Style Hook.
140
SHUR-LOC ® Hooks
SHUR-LOC HOOKS
SHUR-LOC® HOOK SERIES WITH POSITIVE
L O C K I N G L AT C H
All SHUR-LOC® have the following features:
• Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.
• The SHUR-LOC® hook, if properly installed and locked, can be OSHA Rule
1926-550 (g) (4) (iv) (B).
Eye Style incorporates these added features:

certification.
• Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain.
• Designed with “Engineered Flat” to connect to S-1325 chain coupler.
• 25% stronger than Grade 80.
S-1316 EYE HOOK

CHAIN SIZE LOAD WEIGHT
LIMIT* EACH
(INCHES) (MM) (LBS.) (LBS.) A C D E J L
–––––– 6 3,200 .85 .78 3.95 .79 2.60 .63 1.14
1/4 – 5/16 7–8 5,700 1.81 1.08 5.31 1.10 3.50 .81 1.48
3/8 10 8,800 3.24 1.30 6.57 1.17 4.39 .94 2.21
1/2 13 15,000 5.96 1.65 8.23 1.67 5.45 1.16 2.22
5/8 16 22,600 12.75 2.20 10.06 2.04 6.56 1.50 2.65
141
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC ® Swivel Hooks
SWIVEL HOOKS
SWIVEL HOOKS WITH BEARING
• New anti-friction bearing design allows hook to rotate freely under load.
• Capacities ranging from 2 through 15 metric tonnes.
• Forged – Quenched and Tempered.
• Proper design, careful forging, and precision controlled quench and tempering
gives maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk.
• Low profile hook tip designed to utilize S-4320 or PL-N latch kit. Simply
purchase the latch assemblies. Even years after purchase of the original hook,
latch assemblies can be added. Suitable for frequent rotation under
load.
• S-3322 hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two
(2) QUIC-CHECK® features:
Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed

between two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the
opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.
Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one just below the
shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™
measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating
abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distance
between the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch
increment on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this
criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage.
See other swivel hooks designed to rotate under load. Use in corrosive
environment requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with ASME
B30.10-1.2.1(b)(2)(c) 2000.
S-3322 SWIVEL HOOKS WITH BEARING

WORKING
LIMIT EACH
(TONS)* (LBS.) A B C D F G H J K L M O R S AA
2 2.5 3.00 1.50 1.75 3.59 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.06 .88 7.64 .88 1.00 6.01 .63 2.00
3 3.8 3.50 1.56 2.00 4.00 1.62 1.13 1.31 1.19 .94 8.60 .94 1.09 6.72 .75 2.00
5 7.0 4.00 1.56 2.25 4.84 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.50 1.31 10.32 1.13 1.36 8.00 .88 2.50
7 14.0 5.00 1.94 2.75 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06 1.78 1.66 12.84 1.44 1.61 9.90 1.13 3.00
11 22.3 5.62 2.05 3.12 7.54 3.00 2.25 2.63 2.41 1.88 15.24 1.63 2.08 11.74 1.25 4.00
15 37.8 7.12 3.62 4.10 8.33 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.62 2.19 18.64 1.94 2.27 14.41 1.50 4.00
* Proofload is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Designed with a 4.5 to 1 design factor.
142
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC ® Swivel Hooks
SHUR-LOC® SWIVEL HOOKS

• Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.
• S-3326 Swivel Hook utilizes anti-friction bearing design which allows hook to
rotate freely under load.
• The SHUR-LOC® hook, if properly installed and locked, can be used for
personnel lifting applications and meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926-550 (g)
(4) (iv) (B).
Suitable for frequent rotation under
load.
S-3326 SHUR-LOC® SWIVEL HOOKS

GRADE A
CHAIN SIZE ALLOY CHAIN DIMENSIONS (INCHES) WEIGHT
WLL* (LBS.) EACH
(INCHES) (MM) 4:1 A B C D E F H J L (LBS.)
–––––– 6 2,500 1.50 1.03 7.44 .79 2.60 .67 .50 .63 1.13 1.50
1/4 – 5/16 7 – 8 4,500 1.75 1.50 9.25 1.10 3.50 .87 .63 .81 1.44 3.10
3/8 10 7,100 2.00 1.56 10.78 1.16 4.35 1.10 .75 .94 1.83 5.26
1/2 13 12,000 2.50 2.00 13.19 1.66 5.45 1.26 1.00 1.16 2.19 11.22
5/8 16 18,100 2.75 1.94 15.72 2.05 6.56 1.50 1.13 1.50 2.61 17.32
* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit based on Grade 8 Chain.
143
Pipe Hooks
NEWCO
PIPE HOOKS
Newco® Pipe Hooks are designed to ease the job of handling pipe. They speed up
loading or unloading of pipe sections, or the moving of pipe when placing pipe
into position for connecting or welding. For handling pipe with ease, select the
pipe hook best suited to your need from these six sizes. Federal stock number,
FSN-3940-909-3716.
• No. 2 – Equipped with soft brass inserts to prevent damaging thin wall gas or
oil pipe.
• No. 3 – Same as No. 2 with a longer throat opening. Has brass insert.
• No. 4 – A flame cut 3/4" steel plate hook adaptable for lifting jobs requiring a
wide throat opening.
• No. 5 – A wide bearing surface pipe hook with a scuff-resistant plastic insert
for protecting epoxy lined pipe.
• No. 10 – A versatile multi-purpose pipe hook for lighter lifting jobs.
• No. 55 – Same as No. 5 with a 8-1/2" wide bearing surface and plastic insert.
WARNING: The angle of each sling leg should be carefully checked with
each usage to prevent overloading.
No. 2 No. 3 No. 4
No. 5 No. 10 No. 55
WORKING
ROPE LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
SIZE LIMIT* EACH
(INCHES) (LBS.) (LBS.) NUMBER A B C
3/8 – 5/8 8,500 8-1/2 2 1-1/4 1 3-1/4
3/8 – 5/8 7,500 10-1/2 3 1-1/4 2 3-1/4
3/8 2,000 5 4 1-3/8 4 5-1/2
3/8 – 5/8 7,000 13 5 1-1/4 7/8 5-1/2
3/8 – 1/2 3,500 7-1/2 10 1-3/16 2-1/2 4-1/4
3/8 – 5/8 7,000 29 55 1-1/4 7/8 5-1/2
* Working Loads shown in table are based on slings using two pipe hooks.
All Newco® Pipe Hooks are equipped with handles for ease of handling.
144
UNC Swivel Hoist Rings
SWIVEL HOIST RINGS

• Top washer has the following features:
• The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.
• Washer is color coded for easy identification: Red – UNC thread.
• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit.
• Bolt specification if a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are UNC.
• BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION: The size of the bolt will be stated as in the drawing below. Illustration shows meaning of
each dimension given.
HR-125
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
WORKING EFFECTIVE
FRAME LOAD TORQUE BOLT THREAD WEIGHT
SIZE LIMIT IN SIZE PROJECTION RADIUS DIAMETER EACH
NO. (LBS.)* FT. LBS. A § LENGTH B C D E F G H (LBS.)
1 † 800 7 5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.12 .37
1† 1,000 12 3/8 - 16 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.05 .39
2 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.33
2† 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.50 1.20 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.36
2 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.41
2† 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.47
2 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.25 .95 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.52
2† 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.59
3 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.72
3† 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.81
3 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.84
3† 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.96
3 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 3.00 1.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.09
3† 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 4.00 2.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.31
4 15,000 470 1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.21 8.72 3.71 1.75 1.19 6.18 3.93 14.51
5 24,000 800 1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.64 37.73
5 30,000 1,100 2 - 4-1/2 x 6.50 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.14 40.69
6 50,000 2,100 2-1/2 - 4 x 8.0 4.00 16.88 5.75 3.00 2.25 11.67 8.03 88.00
7 75,000 4,300 3 - 4 x 10.5 5.20 19.50 7.25 3.76 2.75 14.16 8.50 165.00
8 100,000 6,600 3-1/2 - 4 x 13.0 7.00 22.09 7.75 4.00 3.25 15.91 9.28 240.00
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. ** Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000# Hoist Ring
when tested in 90 degree orientation. † Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While
the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces
only. §Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.
145
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings
HR-125M METRIC THREADS

DIMENSIONS (MM)
WLL (KG.)
(B) EFFECTIVE
AT A 5:1 AT A 4:1 THREAD WEIGHT
DESIGN DESIGN TORQUE PROJECTION RADIUS DIA. EACH
FACTOR† FACTOR† IN NM* (A) BOLT SIZE†† LENGTH C D E F G H (KG.)
400 500 10 M8x1.25x40 16.7 69.2 24.6 11.7 8.5 47.5 28.2 .17
450 550 16 M10x1.50x40 16.7 69.2 24.6 11.7 8.5 47.5 26.2 .18
1050 1300 38 M12x1.75x50 16.9 123 49.8 22.1 17.5 85.1 58.9 1.05
1900 2400 81 M16x2.00x60 26.9 123 49.8 22.1 17.5 85.1 54.9 1.11
2150 2700 136 M20x2.50x65 31.9 123 49.8 22.1 17.5 85.1 50.9 1.17
3000 3750 136 M20x2.50x75 27.8 167 75.2 34.5 25.4 124 74.4 3.09
4200 5250 312 M24x3.00x80 32.8 167 75.2 34.5 25.4 124 70.4 3.21
7000 8750 637 M30x3.50x120 61.7 222 94.2 44.5 30.5 157 101 6.53
11000 13750 1005 M36x4.00x150 60.3 316 120 60.7 44.5 215 145 16.81
12500 15600 1005 M42x4.50x160 70.3 316 120 60.7 44.5 215 139 17.39
13500 16900 1350 M48x5.00x160 70.3 316 120 60.7 44.5 215 133 18.03
* The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
† Individually proof loaded to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit based on the 4:1 design factor.
††Bolt specification is a Grade 12.9 Alloy socket head cap screw to Din 912. All threads are metric (ASME/ANSI B18.3.1m).
146
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings
HEAVY LIFT SWIVEL HOIST RINGS

• Forged bail provides the following:
• Easily readable “Raised Lettering” showing the name Crosby or “CG” and PIC Code for material traceability.
• Greater durability providing the increased “Toughness” desired in potentially abusive field conditions.
• Larger opening than standard Hoist Ring bail.
• Top washer is color coded for easy identification (Red for UNC threads and Silver for Metric threads)
• The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.
• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit.
• BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION: The size of the bolt will be stated as in the drawing below. Illustration shows meaning of
each dimension given.
HR-1000 UNC THREADS
DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
EFFECTIVE
FRAME WORKING TORQUE THREAD WEIGHT
SIZE LOAD LIMIT IN BOLT SIZE PROJECTION RADIUS DIAMETER EACH
NO. (LBS.)* FT. LBS. A§ LENGTH B C D E F G H (LBS.)
1 † 800 7 5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.12 .37
1† 1,000 12 3/8 - 16 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.05 .39
2 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.33
2† 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.50 1.20 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.36
2 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.41
2† 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.47
2 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.25 .95 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.52
2† 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.59
3 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.72
3† 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.81
3 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.84
3† 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.96
3 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 3.00 1.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.09
3† 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 4.00 2.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.31
4 15,000 470 1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.21 8.72 3.71 1.75 1.19 6.18 3.93 14.51
5 24,000 800 1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.64 37.73
** Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000# Hoist Ring when tested in 90 degree orientation.
† Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be
used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.
§ Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.
147
Forged Eye Bolts
FORGED EYE BOLTS

• Forged Steel – Quenched and Tempered.
• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC).
• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.
• Recommended for in-line pull.
• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility,
design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Meets other critical performance
requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability, not addressed
by ASME B30.26.
G - 2 9 1 R E G U L A R N U T E Y E B O LT S
SHANK WORKING
DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
& LENGTH LIMIT PER 100
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A B C D E F G H
1/4 x 2 650 8.20 .25 .50 1.00 .25 1.50 2.00 3.06 .56
1/4 x 4 650 11.70 .25 .50 1.00 .25 2.50 4.00 5.06 .56
5/16 x 2-1/4 1,200 13.30 .31 .62 1.25 .31 1.50 2.25 3.56 .69
5/16 x 4-1/4 1,200 25.00 .31 .62 1.25 .31 2.50 4.25 5.56 .69
3/8 x 2-1/2 1,550 23.30 .38 .75 1.50 .38 1.50 2.50 4.12 .88
3/8 x 4-1/2 1,550 29.50 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 4.50 6.12 .88
3/8 x 6 1,550 35.20 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 6.00 7.62 .88
1/2 x 3-1/4 2,600 50.30 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 1.50 3.25 5.38 1.12
1/2 x 6 2,600 66.10 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 6.00 8.12 1.12
1/2 x 8 2,600 82.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 8.00 10.12 1.12
1/2 x 10 2,600 88.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 10.00 12.12 1.12
1/2 x 12 2,600 114.20 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 12.00 14.12 1.12
5/8 x 4 5,200 103.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 2.00 4.00 6.69 1.44
5/8 x 6 5,200 118.20 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 6.00 8.69 1.44
5/8 x 8 5,200 135.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 8.00 10.69 1.44
5/8 x 10 5,200 153.60 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 10.00 12.69 1.44
5/8 x 12 5,200 167.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 4.00 2.00 14.69 1.44
3/4 x 4-1/2 7,200 168.60 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 2.00 4.50 7.69 1.69
3/4 x 6 7,200 184.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 6.00 9.19 1.69
3/4 x 8 7,200 207.90 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 8.00 11.19 1.69
3/4 x 10 7,200 235.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 10.00 13.19 1.69
3/4 x 12 7,200 257.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 4.00 12.00 15.19 1.69
3/4 x 15 7,200 298.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 5.00 15.00 18.19 1.69
7/8 x 5 10,600 270.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 2.50 5.00 8.75 2.00
7/8 x 8 10,600 308.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 8.00 11.75 2.00
7/8 x 12 10,600 400.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 12.00 15.75 2.00
1x6 13,300 421.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 3.00 6.00 10.31 2.31
1x9 13,300 468.50 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 9.00 13.31 2.31
1 x 12 13,300 540.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.31 2.31
1 x 18 13,300 650.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 7.00 18.00 22.31 2.31
1-1/4 x 8 21,000 750.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 8.00 13.38 2.88
1-1/4 x 12 21,000 900.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 12.00 17.38 2.88
1-1/4 x 20 21,000 1,210.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 6.00 20.00 25.38 2.88
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Working Load Limit shown is for in-line pull.
Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
148
Forged Eye Bolts
G-277 SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTS

• Forged Steel.
• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000
cycles.
• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC).
• Working Load Limits shown are for in-line pull.
• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including
identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature
requirements. Meets other critical performance requirements
including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability,
not addressed by ASME B30.26.
• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts.
G - 2 7 7 S H O U L D E R N U T E Y E B O LT S
SHANK WORKING
DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (INCHES)
& LENGTH LIMIT PER 100
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A B C D E F G H J
1/4 x 2 650 6.60 .25 .50 .88 .19 1.50 2.00 2.94 .50 .47
1/4 x 4 650 9.10 .25 .50 .88 .19 2.50 4.00 4.94 .50 .47
5/16 x 2-1/4 1,200 12.50 .31 .62 1.12 .25 1.50 2.25 3.50 .69 .56
5/16 x 4-1/4 1,200 18.80 .31 .62 1.12 .25 2.50 4.25 5.50 .69 .56
3/8 x 2-1/2 1,550 21.40 .38 .75 1.38 .31 1.50 2.50 3.97 .78 .66
3/8 x 4-1/2 1,550 25.30 .38 .75 1.38 .31 2.50 4.50 5.97 .78 .66
1/2 x 3-1/4 2,600 42.60 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 1.50 3.25 5.12 1.00 .91
1/2 x 6 2,600 56.80 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 3.00 6.00 7.88 1.00 .91
5/8 x 4 5,200 68.60 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 2.00 4.00 6.44 1.31 1.12
5/8 x 6 5,200 102.40 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 3.00 6.00 8.44 1.31 1.12
3/4 x 4-1/2 7,200 144.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 2.00 4.50 7.44 1.56 1.38
3/4 x 6 7,200 167.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 3.00 6.00 8.94 1.56 1.38
7/8 x 5 10,600 225.00 .88 1.75 3.25 .75 2.50 5.00 8.46 1.84 1.56
1x6 13,300 366.30 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 3.00 6.00 9.97 2.09 1.81
1x9 13,300 422.50 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 4.00 9.00 12.97 2.09 1.81
1-1/4 x 8 21,000 650.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 8.00 12.72 2.47 2.28
1-1/4 x 12 21,000 795.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.72 2.47 2.28
1-1/2 x 15 24,000 1,425.00 1.50 3.00 5.50 1.25 6.00 15.00 20.75 3.00 2.75
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
149
Forged Machiner y Eye Bolts
S-279, M-279 FORGED EYE BOLTS

• Forged Steel – Quenched & Tempered.
• Working Load Limits shown are for in-line pull.
• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000
cycles.
• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26
including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and
temperature requirements. Meets other critical performance
requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and
material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
• Recommended for in-line pull.
• S-279 threaded UNC.

• M-279 metric threaded.
S-279 UNC
LOAD WEIGHT
SIZE LIMIT PER 100 A**
(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) THREAD B C D E F G H
1/4 x 1 650 5.00 1/4 – 20 1.02 1.13 .75 2.29 .19 .53 .70
5/16 x 1-1/8 1,200 9.00 5/16 – 18 1.15 1.38 .88 2.74 .25 .59 .90
3/8 x 1-1/4 1,550 15.00 3/8 – 16 1.27 1.62 1.00 3.07 .31 .69 1.00
1/2 x 1-1/2 2,600 28.00 1/2 – 13 1.53 1.95 1.19 3.70 .38 .91 1.20
5/8 x 1-3/4 5,200 55.00 5/8 – 11 1.79 2.38 1.38 4.45 .50 1.13 1.47
3/4 x 2 7,200 96.00 3/4 – 10 2.05 2.76 1.50 5.07 .63 1.38 1.64
7/8 x 2-1/4 10,600 154.00 7/8 – 9 2.31 3.25 1.75 5.87 .75 1.56 1.94
1 x 2-1/2 13,300 238.00 1–8 2.57 3.76 2.00 6.66 .88 1.81 2.21
1-1/4 x 3 21,000 399.00 1-1/4 – 7 3.09 4.50 2.50 7.95 1.00 2.28 2.61
1-1/2 x 3-1/2 24,000 720.00 1-1/2 – 6 3.60 5.50 3.00 9.49 1.25 2.75 3.14
M-279 METRIC
DIMENSIONS (MM)
WORKING WEIGHT
SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH A**
(KG.)* (KG.) THREAD B C D E F G
M6 x 1.0 200 .03 M6 x 1.0 13.0 28.7 19.1 58.0 4.9 13.5
M8 x 1.25 400 .05 M8 x 1.25 13.0 35.1 22.4 59.7 6.4 15.0
M10 x 1.5 640 .08 M10 x 1.5 17.0 41.1 25.4 78.0 7.9 17.5
M12 x 1.75 1,000 .18 M12 x 1.75 20.5 49.5 30.2 94.0 9.7 23.1
M16 x 2.0 1,800 .40 M16 x 2.0 27.0 60.5 35.1 113 12.7 28.7
M20 x 2.5 2,500 .90 M20 x 2.5 30.0 70.0 38.1 129 16.0 35.1
M24 x 3.0 4,000 .95 M24 x 3.0 36.0 95.5 51.0 169 22.4 46.0
M30 x 3.5 6,000 1.6 M30 x 3.5 45.0 114 63.5 202 25.4 58.0
M36 x 4.0 8,500 2.7 M36 x 4.0 54.0 140 76.0 241 31.8 70.0
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
** On Request: Speacial threading, as forged bolts for customer conversion.
150
Tur nbuckles
CROSBY TURNBUCKLES
RIGGING HARDWARE
HG-223 Hook & HG-225 Hook & HG-226 Eye & Eye HG-227 Jaw & Eye HG-228 Jaw & Jaw
Hook Eye
Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance
requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 - Class Type 1, Form 1 - Class Type 1, Form 1 - Class Type 1, Form 1 - Class Type 1, Form 1 - Class
5, and ASTM F-1145, 6, and ASTM F-1145, 4, and ASTM F-1145, 8, and ASTM F-1145, 7, and ASTM F-1145,
except for those except for those except for those except for those except for those
provisions required of provisions required of provisions required of provisions required of provisions required of
the contractor. the contractor. the contractor. the contractor. the contractor.
• Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye,
Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.
• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• Crosby's Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced
impact properties for greater toughness at all temperatures.
• Hot Dip galvanized.
Modified thread: Note
• Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with stress relieving radii in this
better fatigue properties. unretouched photo
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC enlargement of the
supabuckle.
threads.
• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in
system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2 ", a
shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and
cotters on sizes 3/4" through 2-3/4".
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes. Standard thread: Note
• Typical hardness levels, Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all stress building sharp V in
this unretouched photo
sizes. enlargement.
• Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if
requested at time of order.
• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including
identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements.
Importantly, Crosby products meet other critical performance requirements including
fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
151
Tur nbuckles
HG-223 HOOK & HOOK TURNBUCKLES

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with
better fatigue properties.
• Crosby products meet or exceed all requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,
ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosby
products meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact
properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties.
• Body has UNC threads.
RIGGING HARDWARE
• Fatigue Rated.
HG-223 Hook & Hook

Meets the performance
requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b, Type
1, Form 1 - Class 5, and ASTM
F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the
contractor.
HG-223 HOOK & HOOK

THREAD WORKING
DIA. & HG-223 LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN.)
TAKE UP STOCK LIMIT EACH A D E F J K M N BB
(IN.) NO. (LBS.)* (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
1/4 x 4 1030011 400 .30 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.12 7.12 11.94 7.94 4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2 1030039 700 .47 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 12.81 8.31 13.81 9.31 4.50
3/8 x 6 1030057 1,000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.50 10.50 17.72 11.72 6.00
1/2 x 6 1030075 1,500 1.60 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 18.82 11.82 20.38 13.38 6.00
1/2 x 12 1030119 1,500 2.28 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 30.82 17.82 32.38 19.38 12.00
5/8 x 6 1030137 2,250 2.75 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 20.50 13.25 22.50 15.25 6.00
5/8 x 12 1030173 2,250 3.50 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 32.50 19.25 34.50 21.25 12.00
3/4 x 6 1030191 3,000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 22.38 14.88 24.78 17.28 6.00
3/4 x 12 1030235 3,000 5.43 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 34.38 20.88 36.78 23.28 12.00
3/4 x 18 1030253 3,000 8.12 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 46.38 26.88 48.78 29.28 18.00
7/8 x 12 1030271 4,000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 36.00 22.25 38.75 25.00 12.00
1 x 12 1030333 5,000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 37.63 23.63 40.69 26.69 12.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is five times the Working Load Limit.
Mechanical Galvanized.
152
Tur nbuckles
HG-225 HOOK AND EYE TURNBUCKLES

• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system
and minimize stress in the eye. For tunbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one
size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger
hook with better fatigue properties.
properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.
RIGGING HARDWARE
• Fatigue Rated.
HG-225 Hook & Eye

requirements of Federal
1, Form 1 - Class 6, and
ASTM F-1145, except for
those provisions required of
the contractor.
HG-225 HOOK & EYE

THREAD WORKING
DIA. & HG-225 LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSION (IN.)
TAKE UP STOCK LIMIT EACH A D E F J K M N R S X BB
(IN.) NO. (LBS.)* (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
1/4 x 4 1030636 400 .29 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.46 7.46 12.09 8.09 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2 1030654 700 .49 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 13.19 8.69 13.47 9.47 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 1030672 1,000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.98 10.98 17.94 11.94 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 1030690 1,500 1.61 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 19.45 12.45 20.67 13.67 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 12 1030734 1,500 2.26 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 31.45 18.45 32.67 19.67 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 1030752 2,250 2.70 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 21.96 13.96 22.72 15.47 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 12 1030798 2,250 3.78 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 33.21 19.96 34.72 21.47 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 1030814 3,000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 23.13 15.63 24.95 17.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 12 1030850 3,000 5.83 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 35.13 21.63 36.95 23.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 1030878 3,000 6.33 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 47.13 27.63 48.95 29.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 1030896 4,000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 36.53 22.78 38.66 24.91 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
1 x 12 1030958 5,000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 38.80 24.80 41.20 27.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is five times the Working Load Limit.
153
Tur nbuckles
HG-226 EYE AND EYE TURNBUCKLES

• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system
and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one
size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads.
properties and material
traceability, not addressed HG-226 Eye & Eye
RIGGING HARDWARE
by ASME B30.26.
• TURNBUCKLES requirements of Federal
RECOMMENDED FOR Specifications FF-T791b, Type
STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE 1, Form 1 - Class 4, and ASTM
F-1145, except for those
PULL ONLY. provisions required of the
• Fatigue Rated. contractor.
HG-226 EYE & EYE

THREAD WORKING
DIAMETER STOCK LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN.)
& TAKE UP NO. LIMIT * EACH A J K M N R S X BB
(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
1/4 x 4 1031252 500 .26 .25 11.80 7.80 12.25 8.25 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2 1031270 800 .45 .31 13.56 9.06 14.12 9.62 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 1031298 1,200 .76 .38 17.47 11.47 18.16 12.16 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 1031314 2,200 1.54 .50 20.08 13.08 20.96 13.96 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 12 1031350 2,200 2.14 .50 32.08 19.08 32.96 19.96 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 1031378 3,500 2.40 .63 21.93 14.68 22.93 15.68 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 12 1031412 3,500 3.42 .63 33.93 20.68 34.93 21.68 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 1031430 5,200 3.79 .75 23.88 16.38 25.12 17.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 12 1031476 5,200 5.48 .75 35.88 22.38 37.12 23.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 1031494 5,200 7.19 .75 47.88 28.38 49.12 29.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 1031519 7,200 7.22 .88 37.07 23.32 38.57 24.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
7/8 x 18 1031537 7,200 9.95 .88 49.07 29.32 50.57 30.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00
1x6 1031555 10,000 9.04 1.00 27.97 19.97 29.72 21.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00
1 x 12 1031573 10,000 11.50 1.00 39.97 25.97 41.97 27.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
1 x 18 1031591 10,000 14.00 1.00 51.97 31.97 53.72 33.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00
1 x 24 1031617 10,000 17.25 1.00 63.97 37.97 65.72 39.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00
1-1/4 x 12 1031635 15,200 19.00 1.25 42.81 28.31 45.06 30.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00
1-1/4 x 18 1031653 15,200 23.00 1.25 54.81 34.31 57.06 36.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00
1-1/4 x 24 1031671 15,200 27.00 1.25 66.81 40.31 69.06 42.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00
1-1/2 x 12 1031699 21,400 27.50 1.50 45.50 30.50 48.00 33.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00
1-1/2 x 18 1031715 21,400 31.00 1.50 57.50 36.50 60.00 39.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00
1-1/2 x 24 1031733 21,400 37.50 1.50 69.50 42.50 72.00 45.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00
1-3/4 x 18 1031779 28,000 52.50 1.75 57.38 39.38 60.38 42.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00
1-3/4 x 24 1031797 28,000 58.00 1.75 69.38 45.38 72.38 48.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00
2 x 24 1031813 37,000 85.25 2.00 75.69 51.69 79.19 55.19 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00
2-1/2 x 24 1031831 60,000 144.25 2.50 78.62 54.62 82.62 58.62 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00
2-3/4 x 24 1031859 75,000 194.00 2.75 81.00 57.00 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
154
Tur nbuckles
HG-227 JAW AND EYE TURNBUCKLES

• Turnbuckles eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in
system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckles size 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle
one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters
on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.
• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,
ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosby products
RIGGING HARDWARE
HG-227 Jaw & Eye
meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material
traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26. Meets the performance
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR requirements of Federal
STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY. Specifications FF-T791b, Type
1, Form 1 - Class 8, and ASTM
• Fatigue Rated. F-1145, except for those
provisions required of the
contractor.
H G - 2 2 7 J AW & E Y E
THREAD WORKING
TAKE UP STOCK LIMIT EACH A B E G J K M N R S X BB
(IN.) NO. (LBS.*)* (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED
1/4 x 4 1031877 500 .30 .25 .45 1.58 .62 11.35 7.35 12.07 8.07 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2 1031895 800 .50 .31 .50 1.98 .87 13.71 8.71 14.01 9.51 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 1031911 1,200 .80 .38 .54 2.12 .87 16.81 10.81 17.77 11.77 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 1031939 2,200 1.51 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 19.29 12.29 20.48 13.48 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 9 1031957 2,200 1.71 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 25.29 15.29 26.48 16.48 1.44 .72 3.23 9.00
1/2 x 12 1031975 2,200 2.08 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 31.29 18.29 32.48 19.48 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 1031993 3,500 2.35 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 20.99 13.74 22.53 15.28 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 9 1032019 3,500 3.17 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 26.99 16.74 28.53 18.28 1.75 .88 3.90 9.00
5/8 x 12 1032037 3,500 3.61 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 32.99 19.74 34.53 21.28 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 1032055 5,200 4.00 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 22.69 15.19 24.61 17.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 9 1032073 5,200 4.75 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 28.69 18.19 30.61 20.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00
3/4 x 12 1032091 5,200 5.93 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 34.69 21.19 36.61 23.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 1032117 5,200 7.00 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 46.69 27.19 48.61 29.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 1032135 7,200 8.36 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 36.09 22.34 38.32 24.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
7/8 x 18 1032153 7,200 9.75 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 48.09 28.34 50.32 30.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00
1x6 1032171 10,000 8.92 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 26.34 18.34 28.89 20.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00
1 x 12 1032199 10,000 11.20 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 38.34 24.34 40.89 26.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
1 x 18 1032215 10,000 13.30 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 50.34 30.34 52.89 32.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00
1 x 24 1032233 10,000 17.00 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 62.34 36.34 64.89 38.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00
1-1/4 x 12 1032251 15,200 19.42 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 41.32 26.82 44.55 30.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00
1-1/4 x 18 1032279 15,200 24.18 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 53.32 32.82 56.05 36.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00
1-1/4 x 24 1032297 15,200 28.50 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 65.32 38.82 68.55 42.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00
1-1/2 x 12 1032313 21,400 28.99 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 43.50 28.50 47.25 32.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00
1-1/2 x 18 1032331 21,400 35.00 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 55.50 34.50 59.25 38.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00
1-1/2 x 24 1032359 21,400 39.18 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 67.50 40.50 71.25 44.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00
1-3/4 x 18 1032395 28,000 53.75 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 55.38 37.38 59.78 41.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00
1-3/4 x 24 1032411 28,000 60.68 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 67.38 43.38 71.78 47.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00
2 x 24 1032439 37,000 89.00 2.00 2.62 11.86 3.69 72.62 48.62 77.95 53.95 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00
2-1/2 x 24 1032457 60,000 150.00 2.50 3.06 13.56 4.44 75.80 51.80 82.40 58.40 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00
2-3/4 x 24 1032475 75,000 183.00 2.75 3.68 15.22 4.19 77.88 53.88 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00
155
Tur nbuckles
HG-228 JAW AND JAW TURNBUCKLES

• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters
on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.
• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including
identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly,
Crosby products meet other
critical performance HG-228 Jaw & Jaw
RIGGING HARDWARE
requirements including fatigue Meets the performance

life, impact properties and requirements of Federal
material traceability, not 1, Form 1 - Class 7, and ASTM
addressed by ASME B30.26. F-1145, except for those
• Fatigue Rated. provisions required of the
contractor.
H G - 2 2 8 J AW & J AW
THREAD WORKING
TAKE UP STOCK LIMIT EACH A B E G J K M N BB
(IN.) NO. (LBS.)* (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED
1/4 x 4 1032493 500 .36 .25 .45 1.58 .62 10.90 6.90 11.90 7.90 4.00
5/16 x 4-1/2 1032518 800 .52 .31 .50 1.98 .87 12.36 8.36 13.90 9.40 4.50
3/8 x 6 1032536 1,200 .81 .38 .54 2.12 .87 16.14 10.14 17.38 11.38 6.00
1/2 x 6 1032554 2,200 1.56 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 18.50 11.50 20.00 13.00 6.00
1/2 x 9 1032572 2,200 1.74 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 24.50 14.50 26.00 16.00 9.00
1/2 x 12 1032590 2,200 2.40 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 30.50 17.50 32.00 19.00 12.00
5/8 x 6 1032616 3,500 2.72 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 20.05 12.80 22.13 14.88 6.00
5/8 x 9 1032634 3,500 3.43 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 26.05 15.80 28.13 17.88 9.00
5/8 x 12 1032652 3,500 3.91 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 32.05 18.80 34.13 20.88 12.00
3/4 x 6 1032670 5,200 4.11 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 21.50 14.00 24.10 16.60 6.00
3/4 x 9 1032698 5,200 5.46 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 27.50 17.00 30.10 19.60 9.00
3/4 x 12 1032714 5,200 6.56 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 33.50 20.00 36.10 22.60 12.00
3/4 x 18 1032732 5,200 8.03 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 45.50 26.00 48.10 28.60 18.00
7/8 x 12 1032750 7,200 8.17 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 35.11 21.36 38.07 24.32 12.00
7/8 x 18 1032778 7,200 10.78 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 47.11 27.36 50.07 30.32 18.00
1x6 1032796 10,000 10.18 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 24.72 16.72 28.06 20.06 6.00
1 x 12 1032812 10,000 13.14 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 36.72 22.72 40.06 26.06 12.00
1 x 18 1032830 10,000 15.14 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 48.72 28.72 52.06 32.06 18.00
1 x 24 1032858 10,000 18.08 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 60.72 34.72 64.06 38.06 24.00
1-1/4 x 12 1032876 15,200 20.59 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 39.84 25.34 44.04 29.54 12.00
1-1/4 x 18 1032894 15,200 24.68 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 51.84 31.34 56.04 35.54 18.00
1-1/4 x 24 1032910 15,200 28.20 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 63.84 37.34 68.04 41.54 24.00
1-1/2 x 12 1032938 21,400 30.69 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 41.50 26.50 46.50 31.50 12.00
1-1/2 x 18 1032956 21,400 36.75 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 53.50 32.50 58.50 37.50 18.00
1-1/2 x 24 1032974 21,400 41.60 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 65.50 38.50 70.50 43.50 24.00
1-3/4 x 18 1033018 28,000 54.00 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 53.38 35.38 59.18 41.18 18.00
1-3/4 x 24 1033036 28,000 63.36 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 65.38 41.38 71.18 47.18 24.00
2 x 24 1033054 37,000 94.25 2.00 2.62 11.86 3.69 69.54 45.54 76.72 52.72 24.00
2-1/2 x 24 1033072 60,000 165.00 2.50 3.06 13.56 4.44 72.98 48.98 82.18 58.18 24.00
2-3/4 x 24 1033090 75,000 198.00 2.75 3.68 15.22 4.19 74.75 50.75 85.50 61.50 24.00
156
Snatch Blocks
MCKISSICK 418, 419, AND 404 SNATCH BLOCKS

NEW IMPROVED LIGHT
CHAMPION
• Forged alloy heat treated hooks.
• Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and
shackles.
• Hook and shackle assemblies on 4-1/2"
through 14" sizes can be interchanged.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or
roller bearings.
• Opening feature permits insertion of rope
while block is suspended from gin-pole.
RIGGING HARDWARE
• 3" thru 18" 418 and 419 blocks have
exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure
no lost bolts.
• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook
latch.
418 With Hook 419 With Shackle 404 Tail Board
• Pressure lube fittings.
• Fatigue rated.
• 3" - 10" feature dual-rated wireline
sheaves
4 1 8 , 4 1 9 , A N D 4 0 4 S N AT C H B L O C K S
STOCK NO. WORKING WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)
SHEAVE 418 419 404 WIRE LOAD 418 419 404 REP. REP.
DIAMETER BEARING WITH WITH TAIL ROPE LIMIT WITH WITH TAIL SHEAVE LATCH
(IN.) CODE HOOK SHACKLE BOARD SIZE(IN) †† (T)* HOOK SHACKLE BOARD STOCK NO. STOCK NO.
** 3 BB — 109091 — 5/16 - 3/8 2 — 4 — 2023196 —
** 3 BB 108038 109037† 102016 5/16 - 3/8 2 5 4 3 2023196 1096421
**4-1/2 BB 108065 109064 102025 3/8 - 1/2 4 12 12 7 2023183 1096468
6 BB 108127 109126 102098 8 27 28 15 2023137 1096562
6 RB 108154 109153 102114 5/8 - 3/4 8 27 28 15 2023143 1096562
8 BB 108225 109224 102169 8 33 34 21 2023153 1096562
8 RB 108252 109251 102187 5/8 - 3/4 8 33 34 21 2023163 1096562
10 BB 108323 109322 102230 8 41 42 29 2023174 1096562
10 RB 108350 109359 102258 5/8 - 3/4 8 41 42 29 2023181 1096562
12 BB 169169 202961 178890 8 48 49 36 2023227 1096562
12 RB 199911 169347 178934 5/8 8 48 49 36 2023248 1096562
12 BB 108421 109420 102301 8 48 49 36 2023235 1096562
12 RB 108458 109457 102329 3/4 8 48 49 36 2023236 1096562
14 BB 194920 169356 — 8 55 56 — 2028377 1096562
14 RB 199948 167857 — 5/8 8 55 56 — 2026445 1096562
14 BB 108528 109527 — 8 55 56 — 2028378 1096562
14 RB 108546 109545 — 3/4 8 55 56 — 2026444 1096562
16 BB 199975 203041 — 15 130 135 — 2023694 1096609
16 RB 200008 203087 — 3/4 15 130 135 — 2023702 1096609
16 BB 108608 109607 — 15 130 135 — 2023690 1096609
16 RB 108626 109625 — 7/8 15 130 135 — 2023698 1096609
18 BB 200099 203130 — 15 150 155 — 2023718 1096609
18 RB 200151 203176 — 7/8 15 150 155 — 2023728 1096609
18 BB 108644 109643 — 15 150 155 — 2023709 1096609
18 RB 108662 109661 — 1 15 150 155 — 2023720 1096609
* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. ** Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4-1/2" have self lubricating Bronze Bushing. † Fitted with
1-1/4" I D Swivel Eye. †† May be furnished in other wire rope sizes. NOTE: When ordering, please specify: size, block number, hook or shackle, bronze
bushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.
157
Snatch Blocks

CHAMPION
• Hooks and side plates are forged alloy steel and heat treated.
• Shackles and yokes are forged and heat treated steel.
• All parts are forged.
• Side plates are designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or sealed roller bearings.
• Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole.
• Can be furnished with S-4320 hook latch.
• Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged.
RIGGING HARDWARE
• Blocks furnished with dual-rated wireline sheaves.

• Fatigue Rated.
420 With Hook 421 With Shackle 406 Tail Board
WORKING
STOCK NO. WIRE LOAD WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) REP. REP.
SHEAVE 420 421 406 ROPE LIMIT * 420 421 406 SHEAVE LATCH
DIAMETER BEARING WITH WITH TAIL SIZE † (METRIC WITH WITH TAIL STOCK STOCK
(IN.) CODE HOOK SHACKLE BOARD (IN.) TONS) HOOK SHACKLE BOARD NO. NO.
6 BB 169374 169481 167973 3/4 - 7/8 12 40 48 24 2023262 1096609
6 RB 169392 204120 167982 3/4 - 7/8 12 40 48 24 2023270 1096609
8 BB 169418 169515 167991 3/4 - 7/8 15 51 57 30 2023386 1096609
8 RB 169445 204193 168008 3/4 - 7/8 15 51 57 30 2023406 1096609
10 BB 110221 110720 103186 3/4 - 7/8 15 63 69 42 2023420 1096609
10 RB 110258 110757 103202 3/4 - 7/8 15 63 69 42 2023430 1096609
†May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.
158
Snatch Blocks

SUPER CHAMPION
• Drop forged, heat treated swivel hook or
swivel shackle.
• Hook and shackle assemblies on 8"
through 14" sizes can be interchanged.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or
roller bearings.
• 8" through 10" 430 and 431 blocks have
exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure no
lost bolts.
RIGGING HARDWARE
• Can be furnished with hook latch.
• 8" and 10" models furnished with dual
wireline sheaves. 430 With Hook 431 With Shackle 407 Tail Board
• Fatigue Rated.
STOCK NO. WIRE WORKING WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) REP. REP.

SHEAVE 430 431 407 ROPE LOAD 430 431 407 SHEAVE LATCH
DIAMETER BEARING WITH WITH TAIL SIZE LIMIT WITH WITH TAIL STOCK STOCK
(IN.) CODE HOOK SHACKLE BOARD (IN.)† (T)* HOOK SHACKLE BOARD NO. NO.
8 BB 120023 121022 103523 1 - 1-1/8 20 75 87 42 2023463 1096657
8 RB 120041 121040 103541 1 - 1-1/8 20 75 87 42 2023818 1096657
10 BB 120096 121095 103603 1 - 1-1/8 20 89 101 55 2026861 1096657
10 RB 120112 121111 103621 1 - 1-1/8 20 89 101 55 2023526 1096657
12 BB 208536 169917 184375 1 20 103 115 70 2023556 1096657
12 RB 208554 209303 184393 1 20 103 115 70 2023563 1096657
12 BB 120176 121175 103685 1 - 1-1/8 20 103 115 70 2023552 1096657
12 RB 120194 121193 103701 1 - 1-1/8 20 103 115 70 4104944 1096657
14 BB 208572 209321 184419 1 20 123 135 90 2023571 1096657
14 RB 208590 170424 184437 1 20 123 135 90 2023583 1096657
14 BB 1201256 121255 103765 1 - 1-1/8 20 123 135 90 2023565 1096657
14 RB 120274 121273 103783 1 - 1-1/8 20 123 135 90 2023579 1096657
18 BB 208689 209410 184552 1 25 240 260 165 2023609 1090143
18 RB 208732 209465 184605 1 25 240 260 165 2023623 1090143
18 BB 119482 119561 119641 1 - 1-1/8 25 240 260 165 2023603 1090143
18 RB 119491 119570 119650 1 - 1-1/8 25 240 260 165 2023611 1090143
20 BB 208750 209483 184623 1 - 1-1/8 30 375 400 215 2023630 1090189
20 RB 208787 169864 184650 1 - 1-1/8 30 375 400 215 2023621 1090189
20 BB 119507 119589 119669 1 - 1-1/4 30 375 400 215 2023626 1090189
20 RB 119516 119598 119678 1 - 1-1/4 30 375 400 215 2023636 1090189
24 BB 208812 209526 184687 1 - 1-1/8 30 450 475 290 2023648 1090189
24 RB 208858 209553 184721 1 - 1-1/8 30 450 475 290 2023661 1090189
24 BB 119525 119605 119687 1 - 1-1/4 30 450 475 290 2023644 1090189
24 RB 119534 119614 119696 1 - 1-1/4 30 450 475 290 2023659 1090189
*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
†May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.
159
Snatch Blocks
MCKISSICK SPECIAL APPLICATION BLOCKS

H AY F O R K P U L L E Y S W I T H S W I V E L
HOOK OR SWIVEL EYE
• Forged steel eyes and hooks.
• Available Painted or Zinc Plated.
• One piece pressed steel shells.
• Edges well rounded to prevent chaffing of rope.
• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.
• Furnished with roller bearings.
HF-1 HF-2
RIGGING HARDWARE
SHEAVE HAY FORK PULLEYS STOCK NO. WORKING STANDARD WEIGHT

DIAMETER BLOCK LOAD LIMIT ROPE SIZE END EACH
(IN.) NO. PAINTED ZINC PLATED (TONS)* (IN.) FITTING (LBS.)
4-1/2 HF-1 170022 170594 1 1-1/4 MR Swivel Hook 6
4-1/2 HF-2 170086 170629 1 1-1/4 MR Swivel Eye 6
4-1/2 HF-3 170148 170656 1 1/2 WL Swivel Hook 6
4-1/2 HF-4 170200 170683 1 1/2 WL Swivel Eye 6
8 HF-5 170264 - 2 1/2 WL Swivel Eye 11
6 HF-11 170380 - 2 1-1/2 MR Swivel Hook 11
6 HF-12 170442 - 2 1-1/2 MR Swivel Eye 11
6 HF-13 170503 - 2 5/8 WL Swivel Hook 11
6 HF-14 170567 - 2 5/8 WL Swivel Eye 11
*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Rope Code: MR - Manila Rope, WL - Wire Line.
TONG BLOCKS
• Steel sheaves with roller bearings and pressure lubrication.
• Forged steel eyes and hooks.
• East opening feature shown available in 8" size only.
WORKING WIRE
SHEAVE 171 LOAD ROPE WEIGHT
DIAMETER BLOCK STOCK LIMIT SIZE EACH
(IN.) NO. NO. (TONS)* (IN.) (LBS.) CONNECTION
6 TB-1 171012 1/2 3/4 11 Swivel Eye
8 TB-1 171058 1 3/4 12 Swivel Eye
10 TB-1 171101 2-1/2 3/4 30 Swivel Eye 171 Tong Block
12 TB-1 171156 2-1/2 3/4 35 Swivel Eye

L AY D O W N B L O C K S
• All steel construction, steel sheaves mounted on antifriction bearings, grooved for
maximum of 3/4" wire line.
• Used to lay down drill pipe.
• Hook made to fit into end of drill pipe, handy dead end becket for returning block – hooks
have handle for disengagement.
SHEAVE 443 WORKING WIRE ROPE WEIGHT

DIAMETER BLOCK STOCK LOAD LIMIT SIZE EACH TYPE
(IN.) NO. NO. (TONS)* (IN.) (LBS.) BLOCK
4-1/2 443 171414 1/4 1/2 12 Regular 443 Lay Down Block
6 443 171432 1/2 3/4 17 Regular
160
Snatch Blocks
MCKISSICK OILFIELD SERVICING BLOCKS

M-491 TOWER / DERRICK HOIST BLOCKS
New design provides the dependability of standard McKissick® snatch blocks, along with
features that make it perfect for the challenging needs of Tugger Hoist and Tower Erection
applications.
• A wide variety of configurations:
• 4, 8, 12 or 15-metric-ton capacity.
• 3/8", 7/16", 1/2", 9/16", 5/8", 7/8" and 1" wire line sizes.
• Painted or Galvanized finish.
• 8" and 10" blocks furnished with dual rated wireline sheaves.
• Forged steel swivels, tees, yokes and shackles are Quenched and Tempered.
• Sheave lubrication through center pin for easy maintenance.
RIGGING HARDWARE
• All blocks 14" and larger are furnished with McKissick® Roll Forged™ sheaves with flame
hardened grooves.
M-491 Tower/Derrick
• Recessed sideplate design reduces the gap between the sheave rim and the side plate, Hoist Block
allowing the sheave assembly to be captured in the block if loss of center pin occurs.
• Sealed tapered roller bearings extend the life of the center pin and bearings, and allows
for faster line speeds than recommended with standard snatch blocks.
• Suitable for hoisting personnel, contingent upon all employees, including the winch
operator, being trained to follow any applicable Federal, local and industry standards.
• Tugger/Derrick applications: API RP54.
• Tower applications: OSHA directive CPL 2-1.36.
• Holes through side plates are available for secondary block securement device.
• Manufactured by an API Q1 Certified facility.
WORKING SHEAVE WIRE ROPE M-491 S M-491 G WEIGHT

LOAD LIMIT DIAMETER SIZE STOCK NO. STOCK NO. EACH
(T)* (IN.) (IN.) PAINTED GALVANIZED (LBS.)
4 8 3/8 - 1/2 2020161 2020170 35
8 10 3/8 - 1/2 2020806 2020815 55
8 10 1/2 - 9/16 2020824 2020833 55
12 10 1/2 - 9/16 2021118 2021127 55
12 14 5/8 2021136 2021145 95
12 14 3/4 2021154 2021163 95
15 16 7/8 2021172 2021181 150
15 16 1 2021190 2021199 150
161
INDEX Index
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-71 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Truck and SUV Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-114
Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65 Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains . . .115
Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67 Utility Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-100
Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Ultrex Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71 Maxibraid Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-107 Double Esterlon Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101,104-105 Maxibraid Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Load Restraints – Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-103 Ultrex Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Load Restraints – Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . .106 Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-87
Load Restraints – Flatbed Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Web Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-73
Rigging Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-161 Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-83, 85-87
Forged Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-117 How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118 Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95
Spelter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-120 Wire Rope General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11
Open Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 General Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Closed Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 Wire Rope ID and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5
Round Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Handling and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 Installation, Operation, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . .8-11
Alloy Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23
Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-127 Important Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 20-23
COLD TUFF Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19
Wide Body Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29
Alloy Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132-133 Important Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
COLD TUFF Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134 Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29
Pear Shaped Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-136 Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-61
Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137 Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-39, 42-61
Forged Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138-139 Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41
Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
SHUR-LOC Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks . . . . . .142-143
Pipe Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
UNC Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-147
Forged Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149
Forged Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-156
Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-161
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-93
Round Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-89
Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-93
Weights and Measurements
MEASUREMENTS
WEIGHTS AND
METRIC SYSTEM US CUSTOMARY SYSTEM
LINEAR MEASURE LINEAR MEASURE
10 millimeters = 1 centimeter 12 inches = 1 foot
10 centimeters = 1 decimeter 3 feet = 1 yard
10 decimeters = 1 meter 5-1/2 yards = 1 rod
10 meters = 1 dekameter 40 rods = 1 furlong
10 dekameters = 1 hectometer 8 furlongs = 1 mile
10 hectometers = 1 kilometer 3 miles = 1 league
AREA MEASURE AREA MEASURE

100 sq. millimeters = 1 sq. centimeter 144 sq. inches = 1 sq. foot
10,000 sq. centimeters = 1 sq. meter 9 sq. feet = 1 sq. yard
1,000,000 sq. millimeters = 1 sq. meter 30-1/4 sq. yards = 1 sq. rod
100 sq. meters = 1 are (a) 160 sq. rods = 1 acre
100 ares = 1 hectare (ha) 640 acres = 1 sq. mile
100 hectares = 1 sq. kilometer 1 sq. mile = 1 section
1,000,000 sq. meters = 1 sq. kilometer 36 sections = 1 township
VOLUME MEASURE LIQUID MEASURE

1 liter = 0.001 cubic meter 4 gills (2 cups) = 1 pint
10 milliliters = 1 centiliter 2 pints = 1 quart
10 centiliters = 1 deciliter 4 quarts = 1 gallon
10 deciliters = 1 liter
10 liters = 1 dekaliter D RY M E A S U R E
10 dekaliters = 1 hectoliter 2 pints = 1 quart
10 hectoliters = 1 kiloliter 8 quarts = 1 peck
4 pecks = 1 bushel
WEIGHT
10 milligrams = 1 centigram WEIGHT
10 centigrams = 1 decigram 27-11/32 grains = 1 dram
10 decigrams = 1 gram 16 drams = 1 ounce
10 grams = 1 dekagram 16 ounces = 1 pound
10 dekagrams = 1 hectogram 100 pounds = 1 hundredweight
10 hectograms = 1 kilogram 20 hundredweight = 1 ton
1,000 kilograms = 1 metric ton
US CUSTOMARY SYSTEM CONVERSIONS TO METRIC SYSTEM

LINEAR MEASURE
Inch = 2.54 centimeters Centimeter = 0.39 inches
Foot = 30.48 centimeters Meter = 3.28 feet
Yard = 0.91 meters Meter = 1.09 yards
Mile = 1.61 kilometers Kilometer = 0.62 miles
WEIGHT
Ounce = 28.35 grams Gram = 0.035 ounces
Pound = 0.45 kilograms Kilogram = 2.21 pounds
UK Ton (2240 pounds) = 1.02 metric tons Metric ton (1000 kg.) = 0.98 UK tons
US Ton (2000 pounds) = 0.91 metric tons Metric ton (1000 kg.) = 1.10 US tons
2010
JANUARY FEBRUARY
CALENDAR
S M T W TH F SA S M T W TH F SA
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28
31
MARCH APRIL
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30
MAY JUNE
1 1 2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28 29 30
30 31
JULY AUGUST
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER OCTOBER
1 2 3 4 1 2
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
26 27 28 29 30 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
NOVEMBER DECEMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31
2011
JANUARY FEBRUARY
CALENDAR
1 1 2 3 4 5
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 27 28
30 31
MARCH APRIL
1 2 3 4 5 1 2
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
MAY JUNE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30
JULY AUGUST
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 31
31
SEPTEMBER OCTOBER
1 2 3 1
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
NOVEMBER DECEMBER
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
NOTES Notes
Notes
NOTES
NOTES Notes

Delta Wire Rope Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Delta Wire Rope Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Delta Wire Rope Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Table of Contents

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

7 WIRE 19 WARRINGTON 19 SEALE 25 FILLER WIRE

31 WARRINGTON 46 SEALE 43 FILLER 49 SEALE

Figure 2. Combination Strand Patterns

SELECTING THE PROPER TYPE OF WIRE ROPE CENTER

WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS

6 x 7 FIBER CORE 6 x 19 SEALE 6 x 21 FILLER WIRE 6 x 25 FILLER WIRE 6 x 25 FILLER WIRE

6 x 26 WARRINGTON 6 x 19 STAINLESS STEEL 7 x 7 AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 7 x 19 CABLE LAID

6 x 31 WARRINGTON 6 x 36 SEALE FILLER 6 x 36 WARRINGTON 6 x 31 FILLER WIRE 6 x 36 SEALE

6 x 41 WARRINGTON 19 x 7 NON- 8 x 25 ROTATION- 35 x 7 ROTATION- 19 x 19 ROTATION-

CONSTRUCTION OF TYPICAL ROPE LAYS

(1) Right Regular Lay

(3) Right Lang Lay

(4) Left Lang Lay

(5) Right Alternate Lay

RECEIVING, INSPECTION AND STORAGE

be taken across the longest diameter. RIGHT WAY WRONG WAY

OVERWIND OVERWIND UNDERWIND UNDERWIND

CALCULATING DRUM CAPACITY Clearance

To prevent a poor winding condition of wire rope on

A fleet angle of 1-1/2º is equivalent to a lead of 40

Smaller fleet angles may result in the rope piling up

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

Figure 8. Illustrates the various dimensions of a

DIAMETER TOLERANCES FOR SHEAVE GROOVES

(INCHES) MINIMUM MAXIMUM

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERS

6 X 19 SEALE 6 X 16 FILLER WIRE

SAFE LOADS - FACTORS OF SAFETY

TAKING UP SLACK AT FULL SPEED

TAKING UP 3" SLACK “B” 11,200 lbs.

TAKING UP 6" SLACK “C” 12,250 lbs.

TAKING UP 12" SLACK “D” 15,675 lbs.

If Safety Factor of 5 was provided for Condition “A”

HOW CAN YOU AVOID SHOCK T H E O P E R AT O R I S A L L -

4. Start load carefully. Too fast acceleration overloads

DO NOT SUBJECT ROPES TO NEVER ALLOW ROPES TO KINK

READ ALL WARNINGS BEFORE USING THIS PUBLICATION

for the use or misapplication of any product sold by this M AT C H I N G O F C O M P O N E N T S

FIBER CORE STEEL CORE (IWRC)

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

FIBER CORE STEEL CORE (IWRC)

FIBER CORE (IPS) STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS)

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

GALVANIZED FIBER CORE

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

DRAWN GALVANIZED STEEL CORE (IWRC)

5/16 .180 5.27 5/16 .180 5.27

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

8 X 25 ROTATION RESISTANT 19 X 7 NON-ROTATING

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

5/64 .011 650 1/16 .007 480

3/32 .016 920 3/32 .016 920

1/8 .028 1700 1/8 .028 1760